Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
Chris Lattner | 0bc735f | 2007-12-29 19:59:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | // |
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9 | // |
| 10 | // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. |
| 11 | // |
| 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 13 | |
| 14 | #include "Sema.h" |
Anders Carlsson | c44eec6 | 2008-07-03 04:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | #include "clang/AST/APValue.h" |
Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" |
Daniel Dunbar | c4a1dea | 2008-08-11 05:35:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
Chris Lattner | 6b6b537 | 2008-06-26 18:38:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" |
Steve Naroff | 4c49a6c | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" |
| 24 | // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) |
Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" |
Steve Naroff | 4c49a6c | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h" |
Douglas Gregor | e267ff3 | 2008-12-11 20:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 29 | #include <algorithm> |
| 30 | #include <functional> |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | using namespace clang; |
| 32 | |
Chris Lattner | 21ff9c9 | 2009-03-05 01:25:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | /// getDeclName - Return a pretty name for the specified decl if possible, or |
| 34 | /// an empty string if not. This is used for pretty crash reporting. |
| 35 | std::string Sema::getDeclName(DeclTy *d) { |
| 36 | Decl *D = static_cast<Decl *>(d); |
| 37 | if (NamedDecl *DN = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(D)) |
| 38 | return DN->getQualifiedNameAsString(); |
| 39 | return ""; |
| 40 | } |
| 41 | |
Douglas Gregor | d6efafa | 2009-02-04 19:16:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 | /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, |
| 43 | /// return the declaration of that type. |
| 44 | /// |
| 45 | /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II |
| 46 | /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an |
| 48 | /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that |
| 49 | /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. |
Douglas Gregor | d6efafa | 2009-02-04 19:16:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 50 | /// |
| 51 | /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain |
| 52 | /// and then return NULL. |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | Sema::TypeTy *Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
Douglas Gregor | b696ea3 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 54 | Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { |
Douglas Gregor | 5953d8b | 2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 55 | // C++ [temp.res]p3: |
| 56 | // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the |
| 57 | // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) |
| 58 | // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the |
| 59 | // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an |
| 60 | // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). |
| 61 | // |
| 62 | // We therefore do not perform any name lookup up SS is a dependent |
| 63 | // scope name. FIXME: we will need to perform a special kind of |
| 64 | // lookup if the scope specifier names a member of the current |
| 65 | // instantiation. |
| 66 | if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) |
| 67 | return 0; |
| 68 | |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 70 | LookupResult Result = LookupParsedName(S, SS, &II, LookupOrdinaryName, |
| 71 | false, false); |
Douglas Gregor | 7176fff | 2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 72 | switch (Result.getKind()) { |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 73 | case LookupResult::NotFound: |
| 74 | case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: |
| 75 | return 0; |
Douglas Gregor | b696ea3 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 76 | |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: |
| 78 | case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: |
| 79 | case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: |
| 80 | DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&II), NameLoc); |
| 81 | return 0; |
Douglas Gregor | b696ea3 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 82 | |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 83 | case LookupResult::Found: |
| 84 | IIDecl = Result.getAsDecl(); |
| 85 | break; |
Douglas Gregor | 7176fff | 2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 | } |
| 87 | |
Steve Naroff | a518903 | 2009-01-29 18:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 | if (IIDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 89 | QualType T; |
| 90 | |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 91 | if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 92 | // Check whether we can use this type |
| 93 | (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 94 | |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 95 | T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); |
| 96 | } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 97 | // Check whether we can use this interface. |
| 98 | (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 99 | |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 100 | T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); |
| 101 | } else |
| 102 | return 0; |
| 103 | |
Douglas Gregor | e625893 | 2009-03-19 00:39:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 104 | if (SS) |
| 105 | T = getQualifiedNameType(*SS, T); |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 106 | |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 107 | return T.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
Steve Naroff | a518903 | 2009-01-29 18:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 108 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 109 | |
Steve Naroff | 3536b44 | 2007-09-06 21:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | return 0; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 111 | } |
| 112 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 113 | DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 114 | if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 115 | // A C++ out-of-line method will return to the file declaration context. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 5239304 | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 116 | if (MD->isOutOfLineDefinition()) |
| 117 | return MD->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 118 | |
Chris Lattner | 76a642f | 2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 119 | // A C++ inline method is parsed *after* the topmost class it was declared |
| 120 | // in is fully parsed (it's "complete"). |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 121 | // The parsing of a C++ inline method happens at the declaration context of |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 77407b8 | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 122 | // the topmost (non-nested) class it is lexically declared in. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 123 | assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(MD->getParent()) && "C++ method not in Record."); |
| 124 | DC = MD->getParent(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 77407b8 | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 125 | while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 126 | DC = RD; |
| 127 | |
| 128 | // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is |
| 129 | // declared in. |
| 130 | return DC; |
| 131 | } |
| 132 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 5239304 | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 133 | if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) |
| 134 | return Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| 135 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 77407b8 | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 136 | return DC->getLexicalParent(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 137 | } |
| 138 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 139 | void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 140 | assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && |
Zhongxing Xu | e50897a | 2008-12-08 07:14:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 141 | "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); |
Chris Lattner | 9fdf9c6 | 2008-04-22 18:39:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 142 | CurContext = DC; |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | S->setEntity(DC); |
Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 144 | } |
| 145 | |
Chris Lattner | b048c98 | 2008-04-06 04:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 146 | void Sema::PopDeclContext() { |
| 147 | assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 148 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 149 | CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); |
Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 150 | } |
| 151 | |
Douglas Gregor | f9201e0 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 152 | /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function |
| 153 | /// PrevDecl with another declaration. |
| 154 | /// |
| 155 | /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not |
| 156 | /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return |
| 157 | /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an |
| 158 | /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an |
| 159 | /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" |
| 160 | /// attribute. |
| 161 | static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Decl *PrevDecl, ASTContext &Context) { |
| 162 | if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 163 | return true; |
| 164 | |
| 165 | if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| 166 | return true; |
| 167 | |
| 168 | return PrevDecl->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>() != 0; |
| 169 | } |
| 170 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 171 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
| 172 | void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S) { |
Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing |
| 174 | // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this |
| 175 | // scope. |
| 176 | while (S->getEntity() && |
| 177 | ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) |
| 178 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 179 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 180 | S->AddDecl(D); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 181 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 182 | // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be |
| 183 | // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted |
| 184 | // into any context. |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 185 | CurContext->addDecl(D); |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 186 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 187 | // C++ [basic.scope]p4: |
| 188 | // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or |
| 189 | // enumeration name that is not a typedef name and the other |
| 190 | // declarations shall all refer to the same object or |
| 191 | // enumerator, or all refer to functions and function templates; |
| 192 | // in this case the class name or enumeration name is hidden. |
| 193 | if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { |
| 194 | // We are pushing the name of a tag (enum or class). |
Douglas Gregor | e21b994 | 2009-01-07 16:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 195 | if (CurContext->getLookupContext() |
| 196 | == TD->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 197 | // We're pushing the tag into the current context, which might |
| 198 | // require some reshuffling in the identifier resolver. |
| 199 | IdentifierResolver::iterator |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 200 | I = IdResolver.begin(TD->getDeclName()), |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 201 | IEnd = IdResolver.end(); |
| 202 | if (I != IEnd && isDeclInScope(*I, CurContext, S)) { |
| 203 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = *I; |
| 204 | for (; I != IEnd && isDeclInScope(*I, CurContext, S); |
| 205 | PrevDecl = *I, ++I) { |
| 206 | if (TD->declarationReplaces(*I)) { |
| 207 | // This is a redeclaration. Remove it from the chain and |
| 208 | // break out, so that we'll add in the shadowed |
| 209 | // declaration. |
| 210 | S->RemoveDecl(*I); |
| 211 | if (PrevDecl == *I) { |
| 212 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); |
| 213 | IdResolver.AddDecl(TD); |
| 214 | return; |
| 215 | } else { |
| 216 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); |
| 217 | break; |
| 218 | } |
| 219 | } |
| 220 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 221 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 222 | // There is already a declaration with the same name in the same |
| 223 | // scope, which is not a tag declaration. It must be found |
| 224 | // before we find the new declaration, so insert the new |
| 225 | // declaration at the end of the chain. |
| 226 | IdResolver.AddShadowedDecl(TD, PrevDecl); |
| 227 | |
| 228 | return; |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 229 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 230 | } |
Douglas Gregor | f9201e0 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 231 | } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && |
| 232 | AllowOverloadingOfFunction(D, Context)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 233 | // We are pushing the name of a function, which might be an |
| 234 | // overloaded name. |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 235 | FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 236 | IdentifierResolver::iterator Redecl |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 237 | = std::find_if(IdResolver.begin(FD->getDeclName()), |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 238 | IdResolver.end(), |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 239 | std::bind1st(std::mem_fun(&NamedDecl::declarationReplaces), |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 240 | FD)); |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 241 | if (Redecl != IdResolver.end() && S->isDeclScope(*Redecl)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 242 | // There is already a declaration of a function on our |
| 243 | // IdResolver chain. Replace it with this declaration. |
| 244 | S->RemoveDecl(*Redecl); |
| 245 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*Redecl); |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 246 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 247 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 248 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 249 | IdResolver.AddDecl(D); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 250 | } |
| 251 | |
Steve Naroff | b216c88 | 2007-10-09 22:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 252 | void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { |
Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 253 | if (S->decl_empty()) return; |
Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 254 | assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && |
| 255 | "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 256 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 257 | for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); |
| 258 | I != E; ++I) { |
Steve Naroff | c752d04 | 2007-09-13 18:10:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 259 | Decl *TmpD = static_cast<Decl*>(*I); |
| 260 | assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 7643536 | 2008-06-10 01:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 261 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 262 | assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); |
| 263 | NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 7643536 | 2008-06-10 01:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 264 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 265 | if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; |
Chris Lattner | 7f925cc | 2008-04-11 07:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 266 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 267 | // Remove this name from our lexical scope. |
| 268 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 269 | } |
| 270 | } |
| 271 | |
Steve Naroff | e8043c3 | 2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 272 | /// getObjCInterfaceDecl - Look up a for a class declaration in the scope. |
| 273 | /// return 0 if one not found. |
Steve Naroff | e8043c3 | 2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 274 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *Id) { |
Steve Naroff | 3110251 | 2008-04-02 18:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 275 | // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in |
| 276 | // creation from this context. |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 277 | NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupName(TUScope, Id, LookupOrdinaryName); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 4cabdfc | 2007-10-12 19:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 278 | |
Steve Naroff | b327ce0 | 2008-04-02 14:35:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 279 | return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 4cabdfc | 2007-10-12 19:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 280 | } |
| 281 | |
Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 282 | /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting |
| 283 | /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes |
| 284 | /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and |
| 285 | /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but |
| 286 | /// ill-formed in C++: |
| 287 | /// @code |
| 288 | /// struct S6 { |
| 289 | /// enum { BAR } e; |
| 290 | /// }; |
| 291 | /// |
| 292 | /// void test_S6() { |
| 293 | /// struct S6 a; |
| 294 | /// a.e = BAR; |
| 295 | /// } |
| 296 | /// @endcode |
| 297 | /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different |
| 298 | /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration |
| 299 | /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated |
| 300 | /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent |
| 301 | /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this |
| 302 | /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the |
| 303 | /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot |
| 304 | /// contain non-field names. |
| 305 | Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { |
| 306 | while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || |
| 307 | (S->getEntity() && |
| 308 | ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || |
| 309 | (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) |
| 310 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 311 | return S; |
| 312 | } |
| 313 | |
Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 314 | void Sema::InitBuiltinVaListType() { |
Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 315 | if (!Context.getBuiltinVaListType().isNull()) |
| 316 | return; |
| 317 | |
| 318 | IdentifierInfo *VaIdent = &Context.Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"); |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 319 | NamedDecl *VaDecl = LookupName(TUScope, VaIdent, LookupOrdinaryName); |
Steve Naroff | 733002f | 2007-10-18 22:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 320 | TypedefDecl *VaTypedef = cast<TypedefDecl>(VaDecl); |
Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 321 | Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(VaTypedef)); |
| 322 | } |
| 323 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 324 | /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at |
| 325 | /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true |
| 326 | /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the |
| 327 | /// built-in. |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 328 | NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 329 | Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
| 330 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 331 | Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; |
| 332 | |
Chris Lattner | bd7eb1c | 2008-09-28 05:54:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 333 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasVAListUse(BID)) |
Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 334 | InitBuiltinVaListType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 | |
Douglas Gregor | 370ab3f | 2009-02-14 01:52:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | Builtin::Context::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; |
| 337 | QualType R = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetBuiltinType(BID, Context, Error); |
| 338 | switch (Error) { |
| 339 | case Builtin::Context::GE_None: |
| 340 | // Okay |
| 341 | break; |
| 342 | |
| 343 | case Builtin::Context::GE_Missing_FILE: |
| 344 | if (ForRedeclaration) |
| 345 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) |
| 346 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); |
| 347 | return 0; |
| 348 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 349 | |
| 350 | if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { |
| 351 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) |
| 352 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) |
| 353 | << R; |
Douglas Gregor | b1152d8 | 2009-02-16 21:58:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 354 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 355 | Diags.getDiagnosticMapping(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) |
| 356 | != diag::MAP_IGNORE) |
| 357 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) |
| 358 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) |
| 359 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); |
| 360 | } |
| 361 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ff898cd | 2008-04-17 14:47:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 362 | FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, |
| 363 | Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 364 | Loc, II, R, |
Douglas Gregor | 2224f84 | 2009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 365 | FunctionDecl::Extern, false, |
| 366 | /*hasPrototype=*/true); |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 367 | New->setImplicit(); |
| 368 | |
Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 369 | // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the |
| 370 | // FunctionDecl. |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 371 | if (FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { |
Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 372 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
| 373 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) |
| 374 | Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 375 | FT->getArgType(i), VarDecl::None, 0)); |
Ted Kremenek | fc76761 | 2009-01-14 00:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 376 | New->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); |
Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 377 | } |
| 378 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 379 | AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); |
Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 380 | |
Chris Lattner | 7f925cc | 2008-04-11 07:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 381 | // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. |
Douglas Gregor | a8cc8ce | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 382 | // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to |
| 383 | // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext |
| 384 | // entirely, but we're not there yet. |
| 385 | DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; |
| 386 | CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 387 | PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); |
Douglas Gregor | a8cc8ce | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 388 | CurContext = SavedContext; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 389 | return New; |
| 390 | } |
| 391 | |
Sebastian Redl | c42e118 | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | /// GetStdNamespace - This method gets the C++ "std" namespace. This is where |
| 393 | /// everything from the standard library is defined. |
| 394 | NamespaceDecl *Sema::GetStdNamespace() { |
| 395 | if (!StdNamespace) { |
Chris Lattner | 8edea83 | 2008-11-20 05:45:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 396 | IdentifierInfo *StdIdent = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("std"); |
Sebastian Redl | c42e118 | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | DeclContext *Global = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 398 | Decl *Std = LookupQualifiedName(Global, StdIdent, LookupNamespaceName); |
Sebastian Redl | c42e118 | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 399 | StdNamespace = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(Std); |
| 400 | } |
| 401 | return StdNamespace; |
| 402 | } |
| 403 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | /// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the |
| 405 | /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out |
| 406 | /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting |
| 407 | /// diagnostics as appropriate. Returns true if there was an error, |
| 408 | /// false otherwise. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 409 | /// |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 410 | bool Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 411 | bool objc_types = false; |
Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. |
| 413 | // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! |
| 414 | if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { |
Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 415 | const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); |
| 416 | switch (TypeID->getLength()) { |
| 417 | default: break; |
| 418 | case 2: |
| 419 | if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) |
| 420 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 421 | Context.setObjCIdType(New); |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 422 | objc_types = true; |
| 423 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 424 | case 5: |
| 425 | if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) |
| 426 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 427 | Context.setObjCClassType(New); |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 428 | objc_types = true; |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 429 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 430 | case 3: |
| 431 | if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) |
| 432 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 433 | Context.setObjCSelType(New); |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 434 | objc_types = true; |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 435 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 436 | case 8: |
| 437 | if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) |
| 438 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 439 | Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 440 | objc_types = true; |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 441 | return false; |
Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 442 | } |
| 443 | // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. |
| 444 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 445 | // Verify the old decl was also a type. |
| 446 | TypeDecl *Old = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(OldD); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 447 | if (!Old) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 448 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 449 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 450 | if (!objc_types) |
| 451 | Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 452 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 453 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 454 | |
| 455 | // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. |
| 456 | QualType OldType; |
| 457 | if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) |
| 458 | OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); |
| 459 | else |
| 460 | OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); |
| 461 | |
Chris Lattner | 99cb997 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 462 | // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and |
| 463 | // with any extensions enabled. |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 464 | |
| 465 | if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && |
| 466 | Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != |
Chris Lattner | 99cb997 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 467 | Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { |
Chris Lattner | 5dc266a | 2008-11-20 06:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 468 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 469 | << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 470 | if (!objc_types) |
| 471 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 472 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 99cb997 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 473 | } |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 474 | if (objc_types) return false; |
| 475 | if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) return false; |
Eli Friedman | 54ecfce | 2008-06-11 06:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 476 | |
Douglas Gregor | bbe2743 | 2008-11-21 16:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 477 | // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: |
| 478 | // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to |
| 479 | // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer |
| 480 | // to the type to which it already refers. |
| 481 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 482 | return false; |
Douglas Gregor | bbe2743 | 2008-11-21 16:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 483 | |
| 484 | // In C, redeclaration of a type is a constraint violation (6.7.2.3p1). |
Steve Naroff | 4c49a6c | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 485 | // Apparently GCC, Intel, and Sun all silently ignore the redeclaration if |
| 486 | // *either* declaration is in a system header. The code below implements |
| 487 | // this adhoc compatibility rule. FIXME: The following code will not |
| 488 | // work properly when compiling ".i" files (containing preprocessed output). |
Daniel Dunbar | 2fe0997 | 2008-09-12 18:10:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 489 | if (PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings()) { |
| 490 | SourceManager &SrcMgr = Context.getSourceManager(); |
| 491 | if (SrcMgr.isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation())) |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 492 | return false; |
Daniel Dunbar | 2fe0997 | 2008-09-12 18:10:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 493 | if (SrcMgr.isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())) |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | return false; |
Daniel Dunbar | 2fe0997 | 2008-09-12 18:10:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | } |
Eli Friedman | 54ecfce | 2008-06-11 06:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 496 | |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 497 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 498 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 499 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | } |
| 501 | |
Chris Lattner | 6b6b537 | 2008-06-26 18:38:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 502 | /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target |
| 503 | /// attribute. |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 504 | static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *decl, const Attr *target) { |
| 505 | for (const Attr *attr = decl->getAttrs(); attr; attr = attr->getNext()) |
| 506 | if (attr->getKind() == target->getKind()) |
| 507 | return true; |
| 508 | |
| 509 | return false; |
| 510 | } |
| 511 | |
| 512 | /// MergeAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. |
Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 513 | static void MergeAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) { |
| 514 | Attr *attr = const_cast<Attr*>(Old->getAttrs()); |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 515 | |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 516 | while (attr) { |
Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 517 | Attr *tmp = attr; |
Douglas Gregor | ae17094 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | attr = attr->getNext(); |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 519 | |
Douglas Gregor | ae17094 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 520 | if (!DeclHasAttr(New, tmp) && tmp->isMerged()) { |
| 521 | tmp->setInherited(true); |
| 522 | New->addAttr(tmp); |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 523 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | ae17094 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 524 | tmp->setNext(0); |
Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | tmp->Destroy(C); |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | } |
| 527 | } |
Nuno Lopes | 9141bee | 2008-06-01 22:53:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 528 | |
| 529 | Old->invalidateAttrs(); |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 530 | } |
| 531 | |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in |
| 533 | /// C. |
| 534 | struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { |
| 535 | ParmVarDecl *OldParm; |
| 536 | ParmVarDecl *NewParm; |
| 537 | QualType PromotedType; |
| 538 | }; |
| 539 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from |
| 541 | /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous |
| 542 | /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, |
| 543 | /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 544 | /// |
| 545 | /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not |
| 546 | /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are |
| 547 | /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be |
| 548 | /// merged with. |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | /// |
| 550 | /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. |
| 551 | bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(OldD) && |
| 553 | "Cannot merge with an overloaded function declaration"); |
| 554 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | // Verify the old decl was also a function. |
| 556 | FunctionDecl *Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); |
| 557 | if (!Old) { |
Chris Lattner | 5dc266a | 2008-11-20 06:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 558 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 559 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 561 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 562 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 563 | |
| 564 | // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, |
| 565 | // implicit declaration, or a declaration. |
| 566 | diag::kind PrevDiag; |
| 567 | if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 569 | else if (Old->isImplicit()) |
| 570 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; |
| 571 | else |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 572 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 573 | |
Chris Lattner | 8bcfc5b | 2008-04-06 23:10:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 574 | QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); |
| 575 | QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); |
Chris Lattner | 5519644 | 2007-11-20 19:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 576 | |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 577 | if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && |
| 578 | New->getStorageClass() == FunctionDecl::Static && |
| 579 | Old->getStorageClass() != FunctionDecl::Static) { |
| 580 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) |
| 581 | << New; |
| 582 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); |
| 583 | return true; |
| 584 | } |
| 585 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 586 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 587 | // (C++98 13.1p2): |
| 588 | // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: |
| 589 | // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type |
| 590 | // cannot be overloaded. |
| 591 | QualType OldReturnType |
| 592 | = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); |
| 593 | QualType NewReturnType |
| 594 | = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); |
| 595 | if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { |
| 596 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 597 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 598 | return true; |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 599 | } |
| 600 | |
| 601 | const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); |
| 602 | const CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 603 | if (OldMethod && NewMethod && |
| 604 | OldMethod->getLexicalDeclContext() == |
| 605 | NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 606 | // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the |
| 607 | // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them |
| 608 | // is a static member function declaration. |
| 609 | if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { |
| 610 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 611 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 612 | return true; |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 613 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 9e7d9de | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 614 | |
| 615 | // C++ [class.mem]p1: |
| 616 | // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the |
| 617 | // member-specification, except that a nested class or member |
| 618 | // class template can be declared and then later defined. |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 619 | unsigned NewDiag; |
| 620 | if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) |
| 621 | NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; |
| 622 | else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) |
| 623 | NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; |
| 624 | else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) |
| 625 | NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; |
| 626 | else |
| 627 | NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; |
| 628 | |
| 629 | Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); |
| 630 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 631 | } |
| 632 | |
| 633 | // (C++98 8.3.5p3): |
| 634 | // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the |
| 635 | // return type and the parameter-type-list. |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 636 | if (OldQType == NewQType) |
| 637 | return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 638 | |
| 639 | // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. |
Douglas Gregor | f009795 | 2008-04-21 02:02:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 640 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | |
| 642 | // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles |
Steve Naroff | adbbd0c | 2008-01-14 20:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 643 | // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 644 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Eli Friedman | 3d815e7 | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 645 | Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 646 | const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAsFunctionType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 6871981 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 647 | const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAsFunctionType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 648 | const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; |
| 649 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 650 | (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6871981 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 651 | // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the |
| 652 | // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. |
| 653 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), |
| 654 | OldProto->arg_type_end()); |
| 655 | NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), |
| 656 | &ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes.size(), |
| 657 | OldProto->isVariadic(), |
| 658 | OldProto->getTypeQuals()); |
| 659 | New->setType(NewQType); |
| 660 | New->setInheritedPrototype(); |
Douglas Gregor | 450da98 | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 661 | |
| 662 | // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. |
| 663 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 664 | for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator |
Douglas Gregor | 450da98 | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 665 | ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), |
| 666 | ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); |
| 667 | ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { |
| 668 | ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, |
| 669 | SourceLocation(), 0, |
| 670 | *ParamType, VarDecl::None, |
| 671 | 0); |
| 672 | Param->setImplicit(); |
| 673 | Params.push_back(Param); |
| 674 | } |
| 675 | |
| 676 | New->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 677 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6871981 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 679 | return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 680 | } |
Chris Lattner | e3995fe | 2007-11-06 06:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 681 | |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration |
| 683 | // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition |
| 684 | // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the |
| 685 | // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ |
| 686 | // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from |
| 687 | // the prototype. |
| 688 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 689 | !getLangOptions().NoExtensions && |
| 690 | Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && |
| 691 | New->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType() && |
| 692 | Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { |
| 693 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; |
| 694 | llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; |
| 695 | const FunctionProtoType *OldProto |
| 696 | = Old->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType(); |
| 697 | const FunctionProtoType *NewProto |
| 698 | = New->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType(); |
| 699 | |
| 700 | // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. |
| 701 | bool GNUCompatible = |
| 702 | Context.typesAreCompatible(OldProto->getResultType(), |
| 703 | NewProto->getResultType()) && |
| 704 | (OldProto->isVariadic() == NewProto->isVariadic()); |
| 705 | for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); |
| 706 | GNUCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { |
| 707 | ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); |
| 708 | ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); |
| 709 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), |
| 710 | NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { |
| 711 | ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); |
| 712 | } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), |
| 713 | NewParm->getType())) { |
| 714 | GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn |
| 715 | = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; |
| 716 | Warnings.push_back(Warn); |
| 717 | ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); |
| 718 | } else |
| 719 | GNUCompatible = false; |
| 720 | } |
| 721 | |
| 722 | if (GNUCompatible) { |
| 723 | for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { |
| 724 | Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), |
| 725 | diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) |
| 726 | << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType |
| 727 | << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); |
| 728 | Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), |
| 729 | diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 730 | } |
| 731 | |
| 732 | New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(NewProto->getResultType(), |
| 733 | &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(), |
| 734 | NewProto->isVariadic(), |
| 735 | NewProto->getTypeQuals())); |
| 736 | return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); |
| 737 | } |
| 738 | |
| 739 | // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. |
| 740 | } |
| 741 | |
Steve Naroff | 837618c | 2008-01-16 15:01:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 742 | // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined |
| 743 | // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID(Context)) { |
| 745 | // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible |
| 746 | // signature. |
| 747 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { |
| 748 | // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined |
| 749 | // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the |
Douglas Gregor | 374e156 | 2009-03-23 17:47:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 750 | // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this |
| 751 | // library built-in. |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 752 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; |
| 753 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) |
| 754 | << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 374e156 | 2009-03-23 17:47:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); |
| 756 | Old->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 757 | return false; |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | } |
Steve Naroff | 837618c | 2008-01-16 15:01:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 759 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 760 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; |
| 761 | } |
| 762 | |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 763 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 765 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 766 | } |
| 767 | |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 768 | /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are |
| 769 | /// known to be compatible. |
| 770 | /// |
| 771 | /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other |
| 772 | /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to |
| 773 | /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a |
| 774 | /// redeclaration of Old. |
| 775 | /// |
| 776 | /// \returns false |
| 777 | bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { |
| 778 | // Merge the attributes |
Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 779 | MergeAttributes(New, Old, Context); |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 780 | |
| 781 | // Merge the storage class. |
| 782 | New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); |
| 783 | |
| 784 | // FIXME: need to implement inline semantics |
| 785 | |
| 786 | // Merge "pure" flag. |
| 787 | if (Old->isPure()) |
| 788 | New->setPure(); |
| 789 | |
| 790 | // Merge the "deleted" flag. |
| 791 | if (Old->isDeleted()) |
| 792 | New->setDeleted(); |
| 793 | |
| 794 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 795 | return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); |
| 796 | |
| 797 | return false; |
| 798 | } |
| 799 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 800 | /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name |
| 801 | /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this |
| 802 | /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. |
| 803 | /// |
Steve Naroff | ff9eb1f | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 804 | /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by |
| 805 | /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative |
| 806 | /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 807 | /// |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 808 | bool Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 809 | // Verify the old decl was also a variable. |
| 810 | VarDecl *Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldD); |
| 811 | if (!Old) { |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 812 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 813 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 814 | Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 815 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 816 | } |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 817 | |
Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 818 | MergeAttributes(New, Old, Context); |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 819 | |
Eli Friedman | 13ca96a | 2009-01-24 23:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | // Merge the types |
| 821 | QualType MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); |
| 822 | if (MergedT.isNull()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6037fcb | 2009-01-09 19:42:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 823 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) |
| 824 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 825 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 826 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 827 | } |
Eli Friedman | 13ca96a | 2009-01-24 23:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 828 | New->setType(MergedT); |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 829 | |
Steve Naroff | b7b032e | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 830 | // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. |
| 831 | if (New->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static && |
| 832 | (Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::None || |
| 833 | Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Extern)) { |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 834 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 835 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 836 | return true; |
Steve Naroff | b7b032e | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 837 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 5ef122e | 2009-03-19 22:01:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 838 | // C99 6.2.2p4: |
| 839 | // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier |
| 840 | // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that |
| 841 | // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies |
| 842 | // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at |
| 843 | // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at |
| 844 | // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or |
| 845 | // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the |
| 846 | // identifier has external linkage. |
Douglas Gregor | 38179b2 | 2009-03-23 16:17:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) |
Douglas Gregor | 5ef122e | 2009-03-19 22:01:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 848 | /* Okay */; |
| 849 | else if (New->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Static && |
| 850 | Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) { |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 851 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 852 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 853 | return true; |
Steve Naroff | b7b032e | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 854 | } |
Steve Naroff | 094cefb | 2008-09-17 14:05:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 855 | // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 856 | if (New->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern && !New->isFileVarDecl() && |
| 857 | // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. |
| 858 | !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && |
| 859 | !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 860 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 861 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 862 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 275a369 | 2009-03-10 23:43:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 864 | |
| 865 | // Keep a chain of previous declarations. |
| 866 | New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); |
| 867 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 868 | return false; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 869 | } |
| 870 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 871 | /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given |
| 872 | /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This |
| 873 | /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the |
| 874 | /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function |
| 875 | /// parameters are complete. |
| 876 | bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 877 | bool HasInvalidParm = false; |
| 878 | for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { |
| 879 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); |
| 880 | |
| 881 | // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a |
| 882 | // function declarator that is part of a function definition of |
| 883 | // that function shall not have incomplete type. |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | // |
| 885 | // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6. |
Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 886 | if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() && |
Douglas Gregor | 86447ec | 2009-03-09 16:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 887 | RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(), |
Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 888 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | Param->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 890 | HasInvalidParm = true; |
| 891 | } |
Chris Lattner | 777f07b | 2008-12-17 07:32:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 892 | |
| 893 | // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the |
| 894 | // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier. |
Douglas Gregor | 450da98 | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 895 | if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 && |
| 896 | !Param->isImplicit() && |
| 897 | !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
Chris Lattner | 777f07b | 2008-12-17 07:32:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 898 | Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted); |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | } |
| 900 | |
| 901 | return HasInvalidParm; |
| 902 | } |
| 903 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 904 | /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with |
| 905 | /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. |
| 906 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS) { |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 907 | TagDecl *Tag = 0; |
| 908 | if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || |
| 909 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || |
| 910 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || |
| 911 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) |
| 912 | Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(static_cast<Decl *>(DS.getTypeRep())); |
| 913 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { |
| 915 | if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && |
Douglas Gregor | a71c129 | 2009-03-06 23:06:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 916 | DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { |
| 917 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || |
| 918 | Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) |
| 919 | return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, Record); |
| 920 | |
| 921 | Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_no_declarators) |
| 922 | << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| 923 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 924 | |
| 925 | // Microsoft allows unnamed struct/union fields. Don't complain |
| 926 | // about them. |
| 927 | // FIXME: Should we support Microsoft's extensions in this area? |
| 928 | if (Record->getDeclName() && getLangOptions().Microsoft) |
| 929 | return Tag; |
| 930 | } |
| 931 | |
Douglas Gregor | ddc29e1 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 932 | if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && |
| 933 | DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { |
Douglas Gregor | 21282df | 2009-01-22 16:23:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 934 | // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an |
| 935 | // extension in both Microsoft an GNU. |
Douglas Gregor | 8158f69 | 2009-01-17 02:55:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 936 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && |
| 937 | Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 21282df | 2009-01-22 16:23:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 938 | Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) |
Douglas Gregor | ee159c1 | 2009-01-13 23:10:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 939 | << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| 940 | return Tag; |
| 941 | } |
| 942 | |
Sebastian Redl | a4ed0d8 | 2008-12-28 15:28:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 943 | Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_no_declarators) |
| 944 | << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| 945 | return 0; |
| 946 | } |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 947 | |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 948 | return Tag; |
| 949 | } |
| 950 | |
| 951 | /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the |
| 952 | /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner |
| 953 | /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize |
| 954 | /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or |
| 955 | /// struct, e.g., |
| 956 | /// |
| 957 | /// @code |
| 958 | /// union { |
| 959 | /// int i; |
| 960 | /// float f; |
| 961 | /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and |
| 962 | /// // f into the surrounding scope.x |
| 963 | /// @endcode |
| 964 | /// |
| 965 | /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous |
| 966 | /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. |
| 967 | bool Sema::InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, |
| 968 | RecordDecl *AnonRecord) { |
| 969 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 970 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F = AnonRecord->field_begin(), |
| 971 | FEnd = AnonRecord->field_end(); |
| 972 | F != FEnd; ++F) { |
| 973 | if ((*F)->getDeclName()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupQualifiedName(Owner, (*F)->getDeclName(), |
| 975 | LookupOrdinaryName, true); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 976 | if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 977 | // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| 978 | // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be |
| 979 | // distinct from the names of any other entity in the |
| 980 | // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. |
| 981 | unsigned diagKind |
| 982 | = AnonRecord->isUnion()? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl |
| 983 | : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; |
| 984 | Diag((*F)->getLocation(), diagKind) |
| 985 | << (*F)->getDeclName(); |
| 986 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 987 | Invalid = true; |
| 988 | } else { |
| 989 | // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| 990 | // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union |
| 991 | // definition, the members of the anonymous union are |
| 992 | // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the |
| 993 | // anonymous union is declared. |
Douglas Gregor | 40f4e69 | 2009-01-20 16:54:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 994 | Owner->makeDeclVisibleInContext(*F); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | S->AddDecl(*F); |
| 996 | IdResolver.AddDecl(*F); |
| 997 | } |
| 998 | } else if (const RecordType *InnerRecordType |
| 999 | = (*F)->getType()->getAsRecordType()) { |
| 1000 | RecordDecl *InnerRecord = InnerRecordType->getDecl(); |
| 1001 | if (InnerRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) |
| 1002 | Invalid = Invalid || |
| 1003 | InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(S, Owner, InnerRecord); |
| 1004 | } |
| 1005 | } |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | return Invalid; |
| 1008 | } |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 | /// ActOnAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an |
| 1011 | /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature |
| 1012 | /// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures |
| 1013 | /// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. |
| 1014 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 1015 | RecordDecl *Record) { |
| 1016 | DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); |
| 1017 | |
| 1018 | // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. |
| 1019 | if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 1020 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); |
| 1021 | else if (!Record->isUnion()) |
| 1022 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 | // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous |
| 1025 | // structs/unions. |
| 1026 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 1027 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 1028 | const char* PrevSpec = 0; |
| 1029 | // C++ [class.union]p3: |
| 1030 | // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the |
| 1031 | // global namespace shall be declared static. |
| 1032 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && |
| 1033 | (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || |
| 1034 | (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && |
| 1035 | cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { |
| 1036 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); |
| 1037 | Invalid = true; |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | // Recover by adding 'static'. |
| 1040 | DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), PrevSpec); |
| 1041 | } |
| 1042 | // C++ [class.union]p3: |
| 1043 | // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an |
| 1044 | // anonymous union in a class scope. |
| 1045 | else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && |
| 1046 | isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { |
| 1047 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 1048 | diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); |
| 1049 | Invalid = true; |
| 1050 | |
| 1051 | // Recover by removing the storage specifier. |
| 1052 | DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), |
| 1053 | PrevSpec); |
| 1054 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1055 | |
| 1056 | // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| 1057 | // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only |
| 1058 | // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and |
| 1059 | // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] |
| 1060 | for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), |
| 1061 | MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); |
| 1062 | Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { |
| 1063 | if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { |
| 1064 | // C++ [class.union]p3: |
| 1065 | // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected |
| 1066 | // members (clause 11). |
| 1067 | if (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected || FD->getAccess() == AS_private) { |
| 1068 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) |
| 1069 | << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); |
| 1070 | Invalid = true; |
| 1071 | } |
| 1072 | } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { |
| 1073 | // Any implicit members are fine. |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1074 | } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { |
| 1075 | // This is a type that showed up in an |
| 1076 | // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or |
| 1077 | // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the |
| 1078 | // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1079 | } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { |
| 1080 | if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && |
| 1081 | MemRecord->getDeclName()) { |
| 1082 | // This is a nested type declaration. |
| 1083 | Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) |
| 1084 | << (int)Record->isUnion(); |
| 1085 | Invalid = true; |
| 1086 | } |
| 1087 | } else { |
| 1088 | // We have something that isn't a non-static data |
| 1089 | // member. Complain about it. |
| 1090 | unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; |
| 1091 | if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) |
| 1092 | DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; |
| 1093 | else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) |
| 1094 | DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; |
| 1095 | else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) |
| 1096 | DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; |
| 1097 | Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) |
| 1098 | << (int)Record->isUnion(); |
| 1099 | Invalid = true; |
| 1100 | } |
| 1101 | } |
Douglas Gregor | a71c129 | 2009-03-06 23:06:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | } |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1103 | |
| 1104 | if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1105 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) |
| 1106 | << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1107 | Invalid = true; |
| 1108 | } |
| 1109 | |
| 1110 | // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1111 | NamedDecl *Anon = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1112 | if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { |
| 1113 | Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), |
| 1114 | /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, |
| 1115 | Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1116 | /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1117 | Anon->setAccess(AS_public); |
| 1118 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 1119 | FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1120 | } else { |
| 1121 | VarDecl::StorageClass SC; |
| 1122 | switch (DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { |
| 1123 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); |
| 1124 | case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = VarDecl::None; break; |
| 1125 | case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = VarDecl::Extern; break; |
| 1126 | case DeclSpec::SCS_static: SC = VarDecl::Static; break; |
| 1127 | case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: SC = VarDecl::Auto; break; |
| 1128 | case DeclSpec::SCS_register: SC = VarDecl::Register; break; |
| 1129 | case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = VarDecl::PrivateExtern; break; |
| 1130 | case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: |
| 1131 | // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always |
| 1132 | // an error here |
| 1133 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); |
| 1134 | Invalid = true; |
| 1135 | SC = VarDecl::None; |
| 1136 | break; |
| 1137 | } |
| 1138 | |
| 1139 | Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), |
| 1140 | /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, |
| 1141 | Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | SC, DS.getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1143 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 | Anon->setImplicit(); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1145 | |
| 1146 | // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current |
| 1147 | // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of |
| 1148 | // its members. |
Douglas Gregor | 482b77d | 2009-01-12 23:27:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1149 | Owner->addDecl(Anon); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 | |
| 1151 | // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning |
| 1152 | // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup |
| 1153 | // purposes. |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1154 | if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(S, Owner, Record)) |
| 1155 | Invalid = true; |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1156 | |
| 1157 | // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not |
| 1158 | // do this until after we have already checked and injected the |
| 1159 | // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise |
| 1160 | // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it |
| 1161 | // builds its lookup table, and once by |
| 1162 | // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. |
| 1163 | Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | if (Invalid) |
| 1166 | Anon->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | return Anon; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1169 | } |
| 1170 | |
Steve Naroff | f009063 | 2007-09-02 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1171 | |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 | /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the |
| 1173 | /// given Declarator. |
| 1174 | DeclarationName Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { |
| 1175 | switch (D.getKind()) { |
| 1176 | case Declarator::DK_Abstract: |
| 1177 | assert(D.getIdentifier() == 0 && "abstract declarators have no name"); |
| 1178 | return DeclarationName(); |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 | case Declarator::DK_Normal: |
| 1181 | assert (D.getIdentifier() != 0 && "normal declarators have an identifier"); |
| 1182 | return DeclarationName(D.getIdentifier()); |
| 1183 | |
| 1184 | case Declarator::DK_Constructor: { |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | QualType Ty = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1186 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); |
| 1187 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(Ty); |
| 1188 | } |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 | case Declarator::DK_Destructor: { |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1191 | QualType Ty = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); |
| 1193 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(Ty); |
| 1194 | } |
| 1195 | |
| 1196 | case Declarator::DK_Conversion: { |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | // FIXME: We'd like to keep the non-canonical type for diagnostics! |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | QualType Ty = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); |
| 1199 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); |
| 1200 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(Ty); |
| 1201 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e94ca9e4 | 2008-11-18 14:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1202 | |
| 1203 | case Declarator::DK_Operator: |
| 1204 | assert(D.getIdentifier() == 0 && "operator names have no identifier"); |
| 1205 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( |
| 1206 | D.getOverloadedOperator()); |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | } |
| 1208 | |
| 1209 | assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); |
| 1210 | return DeclarationName(); |
| 1211 | } |
| 1212 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1213 | /// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions |
| 1214 | /// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic |
| 1215 | /// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line |
| 1216 | /// function definition doesn't match any declaration within |
| 1217 | /// the class or namespace. |
| 1218 | static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, |
| 1219 | FunctionDecl *Declaration, |
| 1220 | FunctionDecl *Definition) { |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1221 | if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) |
| 1222 | return false; |
| 1223 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { |
| 1224 | QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); |
| 1225 | QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); |
| 1226 | |
| 1227 | DeclParamTy = Context.getCanonicalType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType()); |
| 1228 | DefParamTy = Context.getCanonicalType(DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType()); |
| 1229 | if (DeclParamTy.getUnqualifiedType() != DefParamTy.getUnqualifiedType()) |
| 1230 | return false; |
| 1231 | } |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 | return true; |
| 1234 | } |
| 1235 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 306d68f | 2007-11-08 23:49:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 | Sema::DeclTy * |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 | Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclTy *lastDecl, |
| 1238 | bool IsFunctionDefinition) { |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1239 | NamedDecl *LastDeclarator = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>((Decl *)lastDecl); |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1240 | DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| 1241 | |
Chris Lattner | e80a59c | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1242 | // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have |
| 1243 | // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | if (!Name) { |
Chris Lattner | 1f6f54b | 2008-11-11 06:13:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1245 | if (!D.getInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. |
| 1246 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1247 | diag::err_declarator_need_ident) |
| 1248 | << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | e80a59c | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1249 | return 0; |
| 1250 | } |
| 1251 | |
Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1252 | // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until |
| 1253 | // we find one that is. |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1254 | while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1255 | (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) |
Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1256 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 1257 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1258 | DeclContext *DC; |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1259 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl; |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 | NamedDecl *New; |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 | bool InvalidDecl = false; |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 | |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1263 | QualType R = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| 1264 | if (R.isNull()) { |
| 1265 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1266 | R = Context.IntTy; |
| 1267 | } |
| 1268 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. |
Douglas Gregor | 9fa14a5 | 2009-03-06 19:06:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1270 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) { |
| 1271 | DC = CurContext; |
| 1272 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 1273 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1274 | } else if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1275 | LookupNameKind NameKind = LookupOrdinaryName; |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 | // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function |
| 1278 | // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with |
| 1279 | // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). |
| 1280 | if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
| 1281 | /* Do nothing*/; |
| 1282 | else if (R->isFunctionType()) { |
| 1283 | if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 1284 | NameKind = LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage; |
| 1285 | } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) |
| 1286 | NameKind = LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage; |
| 1287 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 | DC = CurContext; |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1289 | PrevDecl = LookupName(S, Name, NameKind, true, |
Douglas Gregor | 9add317 | 2009-02-17 03:23:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != |
| 1291 | DeclSpec::SCS_static, |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1293 | } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec()); |
Douglas Gregor | 4fdf1fa | 2009-03-11 16:48:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 | // FIXME: RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec()); ? |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1296 | PrevDecl = LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, true); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | |
| 1298 | // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: |
| 1299 | // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named |
| 1300 | // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit |
| 1301 | // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being |
| 1302 | // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears |
| 1303 | // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the |
| 1304 | // declarations namespace. |
| 1305 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1306 | // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet |
| 1307 | // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually |
| 1308 | // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: |
| 1309 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 9d35097 | 2008-12-12 08:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | // class X { |
| 1311 | // void f(); |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1312 | // void f(float); |
Douglas Gregor | 9d35097 | 2008-12-12 08:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | // }; |
| 1314 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1315 | // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed |
| 1316 | // |
| 1317 | // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set |
| 1318 | // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them |
| 1319 | // matches. |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 | |
| 1321 | // First check whether we named the global scope. |
| 1322 | if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { |
| 1323 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) |
| 1324 | << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1325 | } else if (!CurContext->Encloses(DC)) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1326 | // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. |
| 1327 | // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. |
| 1328 | SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
| 1329 | SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1330 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) |
Chris Lattner | 011bb4e | 2008-11-23 20:28:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1331 | Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1332 | else |
Chris Lattner | 011bb4e | 2008-11-23 20:28:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 | Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1334 | << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1335 | InvalidDecl = true; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1336 | } |
| 1337 | } |
| 1338 | |
Douglas Gregor | f57172b | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1339 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1340 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
Douglas Gregor | 898574e | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1341 | InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl |
| 1342 | || DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); |
Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1343 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 1344 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 1345 | } |
| 1346 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2ce52f3 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 | // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type |
| 1348 | // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 | // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a |
| 1350 | // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). |
| 1351 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->getIdentifierNamespace() == Decl::IDNS_Tag && |
| 1352 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
Douglas Gregor | 2ce52f3 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1353 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 1354 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1355 | bool Redeclaration = false; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1356 | if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1357 | New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, LastDeclarator, PrevDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 | InvalidDecl, Redeclaration); |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1359 | } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, LastDeclarator, PrevDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 | IsFunctionDefinition, InvalidDecl, |
| 1362 | Redeclaration); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 | } else { |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1364 | New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, LastDeclarator, PrevDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1365 | InvalidDecl, Redeclaration); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1366 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1367 | |
| 1368 | if (New == 0) |
| 1369 | return 0; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1370 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1371 | // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration, |
| 1372 | // add it to the scope stack. |
| 1373 | if (Name && !(Redeclaration && InvalidDecl)) |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1374 | PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 | // If any semantic error occurred, mark the decl as invalid. |
| 1376 | if (D.getInvalidType() || InvalidDecl) |
| 1377 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 | |
| 1379 | return New; |
| 1380 | } |
| 1381 | |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 | /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array |
| 1383 | /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise |
| 1384 | /// be errors (for GCC compatibility). |
| 1385 | static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, |
| 1386 | ASTContext &Context, |
| 1387 | bool &SizeIsNegative) { |
| 1388 | // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant |
| 1389 | // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary |
| 1390 | // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy |
| 1391 | // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} |
| 1392 | SizeIsNegative = false; |
| 1393 | |
| 1394 | if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(T)) { |
| 1395 | QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
| 1396 | QualType FixedType = |
| 1397 | TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative); |
| 1398 | if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; |
Eli Friedman | 61125c8 | 2009-02-21 00:58:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1399 | FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); |
| 1400 | FixedType.setCVRQualifiers(T.getCVRQualifiers()); |
| 1401 | return FixedType; |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | } |
| 1403 | |
| 1404 | const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); |
Eli Friedman | bc592e6 | 2009-02-26 03:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | if (!VLATy) |
| 1406 | return QualType(); |
| 1407 | // FIXME: We should probably handle this case |
| 1408 | if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) |
| 1409 | return QualType(); |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1410 | |
| 1411 | Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; |
| 1412 | if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || |
Eli Friedman | bc592e6 | 2009-02-26 03:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1413 | !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || |
| 1414 | !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1415 | return QualType(); |
Eli Friedman | bc592e6 | 2009-02-26 03:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 | |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1417 | llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); |
| 1418 | if (Res >= llvm::APSInt(Res.getBitWidth(), Res.isUnsigned())) |
| 1419 | return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), |
| 1420 | Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | SizeIsNegative = true; |
| 1423 | return QualType(); |
| 1424 | } |
| 1425 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1426 | /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so |
| 1427 | /// that it can be found later for redeclarations |
| 1428 | void |
| 1429 | Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 1430 | Scope *S) { |
| 1431 | assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && |
| 1432 | "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); |
| 1433 | // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. |
| 1434 | LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 | if (!PrevDecl) |
| 1437 | return; |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be |
| 1440 | // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new |
| 1441 | // declaration. |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 | if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 | // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver |
| 1444 | // chain, so remove it from its scope. |
| 1445 | while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) |
| 1446 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 | if (S) |
| 1449 | S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); |
| 1450 | } |
| 1451 | } |
| 1452 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1453 | NamedDecl* |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1454 | Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1455 | QualType R, Decl* LastDeclarator, |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 | Decl* PrevDecl, bool& InvalidDecl, |
| 1457 | bool &Redeclaration) { |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1458 | // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 1459 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 1460 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) |
| 1461 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1462 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1463 | // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. |
| 1464 | DC = 0; |
| 1465 | } |
| 1466 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1467 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 1468 | // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1469 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| 1470 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1471 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) |
| 1472 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| 1473 | diag::err_virtual_non_function); |
| 1474 | } |
| 1475 | |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1476 | TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, LastDeclarator); |
| 1477 | if (!NewTD) return 0; |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 | // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl |
| 1480 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewTD, D); |
| 1481 | // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is |
| 1482 | // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. |
| 1483 | if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S)) { |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1484 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 1485 | if (MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, PrevDecl)) |
| 1486 | InvalidDecl = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1487 | } |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 | if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1490 | QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1491 | // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type |
| 1492 | // then it shall have block scope. |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1493 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| 1494 | bool SizeIsNegative; |
| 1495 | QualType FixedTy = |
| 1496 | TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative); |
| 1497 | if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { |
| 1498 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
| 1499 | NewTD->setUnderlyingType(FixedTy); |
| 1500 | } else { |
| 1501 | if (SizeIsNegative) |
| 1502 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); |
| 1503 | else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) |
| 1504 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); |
| 1505 | else |
| 1506 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); |
| 1507 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1508 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1509 | } |
| 1510 | } |
| 1511 | return NewTD; |
| 1512 | } |
| 1513 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 | /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope |
| 1515 | /// previous declaration. |
| 1516 | /// |
| 1517 | /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a |
| 1518 | /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a |
| 1519 | /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new |
| 1520 | /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with |
| 1521 | /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 |
| 1522 | /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). |
| 1523 | /// |
| 1524 | /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name |
| 1525 | /// lookup |
| 1526 | /// |
| 1527 | /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being |
| 1528 | /// declared. |
| 1529 | /// |
| 1530 | /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration |
| 1531 | /// for a new delcaration with the same name. |
| 1532 | static bool |
| 1533 | isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, |
| 1534 | ASTContext &Context) { |
| 1535 | if (!PrevDecl) |
| 1536 | return 0; |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 | // FIXME: PrevDecl could be an OverloadedFunctionDecl, in which |
| 1539 | // case we need to check each of the overloaded functions. |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1540 | if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) |
| 1541 | return false; |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1542 | |
| 1543 | if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 1544 | // C++ [basic.link]p6: |
| 1545 | // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage |
| 1546 | // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared |
| 1547 | // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block |
| 1548 | // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the |
| 1549 | // linkage of the previous declaration. |
| 1550 | DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getLookupContext(); |
| 1551 | if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 1552 | // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. |
| 1553 | return false; |
| 1554 | else { |
| 1555 | DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); |
| 1556 | if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) |
| 1557 | // We found a member function: ignore it. |
| 1558 | return false; |
| 1559 | else { |
| 1560 | // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and |
| 1561 | // previous declarations. |
| 1562 | while (!OuterContext->isFileContext()) |
| 1563 | OuterContext = OuterContext->getParent(); |
| 1564 | while (!PrevOuterContext->isFileContext()) |
| 1565 | PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getParent(); |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it |
| 1568 | // isn't the same function. |
| 1569 | if (OuterContext->getPrimaryContext() != |
| 1570 | PrevOuterContext->getPrimaryContext()) |
| 1571 | return false; |
| 1572 | } |
| 1573 | } |
| 1574 | } |
| 1575 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1576 | return true; |
| 1577 | } |
| 1578 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | NamedDecl* |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 | Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1581 | QualType R, Decl* LastDeclarator, |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 | NamedDecl* PrevDecl, bool& InvalidDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1583 | bool &Redeclaration) { |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1584 | DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| 1585 | |
| 1586 | // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). |
| 1587 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 1588 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| 1589 | |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1590 | VarDecl *NewVD; |
| 1591 | VarDecl::StorageClass SC; |
| 1592 | switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { |
| 1593 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); |
| 1594 | case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = VarDecl::None; break; |
| 1595 | case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = VarDecl::Extern; break; |
| 1596 | case DeclSpec::SCS_static: SC = VarDecl::Static; break; |
| 1597 | case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: SC = VarDecl::Auto; break; |
| 1598 | case DeclSpec::SCS_register: SC = VarDecl::Register; break; |
| 1599 | case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = VarDecl::PrivateExtern; break; |
| 1600 | case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: |
| 1601 | // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always |
| 1602 | // an error here |
| 1603 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); |
| 1604 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1605 | SC = VarDecl::None; |
| 1606 | break; |
| 1607 | } |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| 1610 | if (!II) { |
| 1611 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) |
| 1612 | << Name.getAsString(); |
| 1613 | return 0; |
| 1614 | } |
| 1615 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1616 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) |
| 1617 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| 1618 | diag::err_virtual_non_function); |
| 1619 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2d2e9cf | 2009-03-11 20:22:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1620 | bool ThreadSpecified = D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified(); |
| 1621 | if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { |
| 1622 | // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not |
| 1623 | // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. |
| 1624 | if (SC == VarDecl::Auto || SC == VarDecl::Register) { |
| 1625 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); |
| 1626 | InvalidDecl = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1627 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1628 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1629 | if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| 1630 | // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. |
| 1631 | if (SC == VarDecl::Static) { |
| 1632 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 1633 | diag::err_static_out_of_line) |
| 1634 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval( |
| 1635 | SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())); |
| 1636 | } else if (SC == VarDecl::None) |
| 1637 | SC = VarDecl::Static; |
| 1638 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1639 | |
| 1640 | // The variable can not |
Douglas Gregor | 2d2e9cf | 2009-03-11 20:22:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1641 | NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 1642 | II, R, SC, |
| 1643 | // FIXME: Move to DeclGroup... |
| 1644 | D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
| 1645 | NewVD->setThreadSpecified(ThreadSpecified); |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 | NewVD->setNextDeclarator(LastDeclarator); |
| 1647 | |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1648 | // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the |
| 1649 | // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. |
| 1650 | NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| 1651 | |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1652 | // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl |
| 1653 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewVD, D); |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 | // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). |
| 1656 | if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { |
| 1657 | // The parser guarantees this is a string. |
| 1658 | StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1659 | NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(std::string(SE->getStrData(), |
| 1660 | SE->getByteLength()))); |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1661 | } |
| 1662 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1663 | // If name lookup finds a previous declaration that is not in the |
| 1664 | // same scope as the new declaration, this may still be an |
| 1665 | // acceptable redeclaration. |
| 1666 | if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S) && |
| 1667 | !(NewVD->hasLinkage() && |
| 1668 | isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(PrevDecl, DC, Context))) |
| 1669 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 | // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. |
| 1672 | if (PrevDecl) { |
| 1673 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(PrevDecl) && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 1674 | // The user tried to define a non-static data member |
| 1675 | // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 1676 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) |
| 1677 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1678 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 1679 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1680 | } |
| 1681 | } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 1682 | // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. |
| 1683 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_no_member) |
| 1684 | << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1685 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1686 | } |
| 1687 | |
| 1688 | if (CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, PrevDecl, Redeclaration)) |
| 1689 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1690 | |
| 1691 | // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of |
| 1692 | // such variables. |
| 1693 | if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC(Context) && |
| 1694 | !InvalidDecl) |
| 1695 | RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, PrevDecl, S); |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 | return NewVD; |
| 1698 | } |
| 1699 | |
| 1700 | /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable |
| 1701 | /// declaration. |
| 1702 | /// |
| 1703 | /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a |
| 1704 | /// variable declaration once it has been build. It is used both to |
| 1705 | /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators |
| 1706 | /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check |
| 1707 | /// |
| 1708 | /// \returns true if an error was encountered, false otherwise. |
| 1709 | bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 1710 | bool &Redeclaration) { |
| 1711 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 | QualType T = NewVD->getType(); |
| 1714 | |
| 1715 | if (T->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
| 1716 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); |
| 1717 | Invalid = true; |
| 1718 | } |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 | // The variable can not have an abstract class type. |
| 1721 | if (RequireNonAbstractType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, |
| 1722 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| 1723 | AbstractVariableType)) |
| 1724 | Invalid = true; |
| 1725 | |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. |
| 1727 | // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not |
| 1728 | // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. |
| 1729 | // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1730 | if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && (T.getAddressSpace() != 0)) { |
| 1731 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); |
| 1732 | Invalid = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1733 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7b5b317 | 2009-02-21 19:44:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1734 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1735 | if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()) |
| 1736 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7b5b317 | 2009-02-21 19:44:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1737 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1738 | bool isIllegalVLA = T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage(); |
| 1739 | bool isIllegalVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType() && NewVD->hasLinkage(); |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1740 | if (isIllegalVLA || isIllegalVM) { |
| 1741 | bool SizeIsNegative; |
| 1742 | QualType FixedTy = |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1743 | TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative); |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1744 | if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { |
| 1745 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
| 1746 | NewVD->setType(FixedTy); |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1747 | } else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) { |
| 1748 | Invalid = true; |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1749 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1750 | const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1751 | // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for |
| 1752 | // int a[10][n]; |
| 1753 | SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) |
| 1756 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) |
| 1757 | << SizeRange; |
| 1758 | else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) |
| 1759 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) |
| 1760 | << SizeRange; |
| 1761 | else |
| 1762 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) |
| 1763 | << SizeRange; |
| 1764 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1765 | Invalid = true; |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1766 | |
| 1767 | if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) |
| 1768 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); |
| 1769 | else |
| 1770 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); |
| 1771 | } |
| 1772 | } |
| 1773 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1774 | if (!PrevDecl && NewVD->isExternC(Context)) { |
| 1775 | // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring |
| 1776 | // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" |
| 1777 | // declaration with the same name. |
| 1778 | llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1779 | = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1780 | if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) |
| 1781 | PrevDecl = Pos->second; |
| 1782 | } |
| 1783 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1784 | if (!Invalid && T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { |
| 1785 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) |
| 1786 | << T; |
| 1787 | Invalid = true; |
| 1788 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1789 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1790 | if (PrevDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1791 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 1792 | if (MergeVarDecl(NewVD, PrevDecl)) |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1793 | Invalid = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1794 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1795 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1796 | return NewVD->isInvalidDecl() || Invalid; |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 | } |
| 1798 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | NamedDecl* |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1801 | QualType R, Decl *LastDeclarator, |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1802 | NamedDecl* PrevDecl, bool IsFunctionDefinition, |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 | bool& InvalidDecl, bool &Redeclaration) { |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1804 | assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 | DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| 1807 | FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = FunctionDecl::None; |
| 1808 | switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { |
| 1809 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); |
| 1810 | case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: |
| 1811 | case DeclSpec::SCS_register: |
| 1812 | case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1813 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 1814 | diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1815 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1816 | break; |
| 1817 | case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = FunctionDecl::None; break; |
| 1818 | case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = FunctionDecl::Extern; break; |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1819 | case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1820 | if (CurContext->getLookupContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1821 | // C99 6.7.1p5: |
| 1822 | // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has |
| 1823 | // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier |
| 1824 | // other than extern |
| 1825 | // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). |
| 1826 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 1827 | diag::err_static_block_func); |
| 1828 | SC = FunctionDecl::None; |
| 1829 | } else |
| 1830 | SC = FunctionDecl::Static; |
| 1831 | break; |
| 1832 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = FunctionDecl::PrivateExtern;break; |
| 1834 | } |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 | bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1837 | bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1838 | bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); |
| 1839 | |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1840 | // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. |
Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 | // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once |
| 1842 | // the class has been completely parsed. |
| 1843 | if (!DC->isRecord() && |
| 1844 | RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1845 | R->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType(), |
Anders Carlsson | b9bbe49 | 2009-03-23 17:49:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1846 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1847 | AbstractReturnType)) |
| 1848 | InvalidDecl = true; |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1849 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | bool isVirtualOkay = false; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 | FunctionDecl *NewFD; |
| 1852 | if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Constructor) { |
| 1853 | // This is a C++ constructor declaration. |
| 1854 | assert(DC->isRecord() && |
| 1855 | "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 | InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 | // Create the new declaration |
| 1860 | NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, |
| 1861 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 1862 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
| 1863 | isExplicit, isInline, |
| 1864 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); |
| 1865 | |
| 1866 | if (InvalidDecl) |
| 1867 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1868 | } else if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Destructor) { |
| 1869 | // This is a C++ destructor declaration. |
| 1870 | if (DC->isRecord()) { |
| 1871 | InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| 1872 | |
| 1873 | NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, |
| 1874 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 1875 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
| 1876 | isInline, |
| 1877 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 | if (InvalidDecl) |
| 1880 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1881 | |
| 1882 | isVirtualOkay = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1883 | } else { |
| 1884 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 | // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing |
| 1887 | // code path. |
| 1888 | NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1889 | Name, R, SC, isInline, |
Douglas Gregor | 2224f84 | 2009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | /*hasPrototype=*/true, |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 | // FIXME: Move to DeclGroup... |
| 1892 | D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
| 1893 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1894 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1895 | } |
| 1896 | } else if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Conversion) { |
| 1897 | if (!DC->isRecord()) { |
| 1898 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 1899 | diag::err_conv_function_not_member); |
| 1900 | return 0; |
| 1901 | } else { |
| 1902 | InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 | NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 1905 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
| 1906 | isInline, isExplicit); |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 | if (InvalidDecl) |
| 1909 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | |
| 1911 | isVirtualOkay = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 | } |
| 1913 | } else if (DC->isRecord()) { |
| 1914 | // This is a C++ method declaration. |
| 1915 | NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 1916 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1917 | (SC == FunctionDecl::Static), isInline); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1918 | |
| 1919 | isVirtualOkay = (SC != FunctionDecl::Static); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1920 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | d874def | 2009-03-19 18:33:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 | // Determine whether the function was written with a |
| 1922 | // prototype. This true when: |
| 1923 | // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), |
| 1924 | // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or |
| 1925 | // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference |
| 1926 | // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). |
Douglas Gregor | 13d7a32 | 2009-03-19 18:14:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1927 | bool HasPrototype = |
Chris Lattner | 0d48bf9 | 2009-03-17 23:17:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1928 | getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || |
Douglas Gregor | 13d7a32 | 2009-03-19 18:14:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1929 | (D.getNumTypeObjects() && D.getTypeObject(0).Fun.hasPrototype) || |
Douglas Gregor | d1659a6 | 2009-03-23 16:26:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1930 | (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); |
Chris Lattner | 0d48bf9 | 2009-03-17 23:17:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1931 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1932 | NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, |
| 1933 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Chris Lattner | 0d48bf9 | 2009-03-17 23:17:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1934 | Name, R, SC, isInline, HasPrototype, |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1935 | // FIXME: Move to DeclGroup... |
| 1936 | D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
| 1937 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1938 | NewFD->setNextDeclarator(LastDeclarator); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1939 | |
| 1940 | // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ |
| 1941 | // scope specifier, the lexical context will be different |
| 1942 | // from the semantic context. |
| 1943 | NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| 1944 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1945 | // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: |
| 1946 | // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of |
| 1947 | // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a |
| 1948 | // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. |
| 1949 | // |
| 1950 | // FIXME: Checking the 'virtual' specifier is not sufficient. A |
| 1951 | // function is also virtual if it overrides an already virtual |
| 1952 | // function. This is important to do here because it's part of the |
| 1953 | // declaration. |
| 1954 | if (isVirtual && !InvalidDecl) { |
| 1955 | if (!isVirtualOkay) { |
| 1956 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| 1957 | diag::err_virtual_non_function); |
| 1958 | } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| 1959 | // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. |
| 1960 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) |
| 1961 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval( |
| 1962 | SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc())); |
| 1963 | } else { |
| 1964 | // Okay: Add virtual to the method. |
| 1965 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->setVirtual(); |
| 1966 | CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); |
| 1967 | CurClass->setAggregate(false); |
| 1968 | CurClass->setPOD(false); |
| 1969 | CurClass->setPolymorphic(true); |
| 1970 | } |
| 1971 | } |
| 1972 | |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1973 | if (SC == FunctionDecl::Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && |
| 1974 | !CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| 1975 | // C++ [class.static]p1: |
| 1976 | // A data or function member of a class may be declared static |
| 1977 | // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of |
| 1978 | // the class. |
| 1979 | |
| 1980 | // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line |
| 1981 | // member function definition. |
| 1982 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 1983 | diag::err_static_out_of_line) |
| 1984 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval( |
| 1985 | SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())); |
| 1986 | } |
| 1987 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1988 | // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). |
| 1989 | if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { |
| 1990 | // The parser guarantees this is a string. |
| 1991 | StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 | NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(std::string(SE->getStrData(), |
| 1993 | SE->getByteLength()))); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1994 | } |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 | // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to |
| 1997 | // the function declaration NewFD, if they are available. |
| 1998 | if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0) { |
| 1999 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; |
| 2000 | |
| 2001 | // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the |
| 2002 | // FunctionDecl. |
| 2003 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
| 2004 | |
| 2005 | // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs |
| 2006 | // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a |
| 2007 | // single void argument. |
| 2008 | // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator |
| 2009 | // already checks for that case. |
| 2010 | if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && |
| 2011 | FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && |
| 2012 | ((ParmVarDecl*)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { |
| 2013 | // empty arg list, don't push any params. |
| 2014 | ParmVarDecl *Param = (ParmVarDecl*)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param; |
| 2015 | |
| 2016 | // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a |
| 2017 | // typedef of void is not permitted. |
| 2018 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 2019 | Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { |
| 2020 | Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::ext_param_typedef_of_void); |
| 2021 | } |
| 2022 | } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2023 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { |
| 2024 | ParmVarDecl *PVD = (ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param; |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2025 | Params.push_back(PVD); |
| 2026 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | } |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 | NewFD->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); |
| 2030 | } else if (R->getAsTypedefType()) { |
| 2031 | // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, as in the |
| 2032 | // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) |
| 2033 | // parameters for use in the declaration. |
| 2034 | // |
| 2035 | // @code |
| 2036 | // typedef void fn(int); |
| 2037 | // fn f; |
| 2038 | // @endcode |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2039 | const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAsFunctionProtoType(); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2040 | if (!FT) { |
| 2041 | // This is a typedef of a function with no prototype, so we |
| 2042 | // don't need to do anything. |
| 2043 | } else if ((FT->getNumArgs() == 0) || |
| 2044 | (FT->getNumArgs() == 1 && !FT->isVariadic() && |
| 2045 | FT->getArgType(0)->isVoidType())) { |
| 2046 | // This is a zero-argument function. We don't need to do anything. |
| 2047 | } else { |
| 2048 | // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. |
| 2049 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2050 | for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator ArgType = FT->arg_type_begin(); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2051 | ArgType != FT->arg_type_end(); ++ArgType) { |
Douglas Gregor | 450da98 | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2052 | ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, |
| 2053 | SourceLocation(), 0, |
| 2054 | *ArgType, VarDecl::None, |
| 2055 | 0); |
| 2056 | Param->setImplicit(); |
| 2057 | Params.push_back(Param); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2058 | } |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 | NewFD->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); |
| 2061 | } |
| 2062 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2063 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2064 | // If name lookup finds a previous declaration that is not in the |
| 2065 | // same scope as the new declaration, this may still be an |
| 2066 | // acceptable redeclaration. |
| 2067 | if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S) && |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2068 | !(NewFD->hasLinkage() && |
| 2069 | isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(PrevDecl, DC, Context))) |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2070 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2071 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2072 | // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. |
| 2073 | bool OverloadableAttrRequired = false; // FIXME: HACK! |
| 2074 | if (CheckFunctionDeclaration(NewFD, PrevDecl, Redeclaration, |
| 2075 | /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired)) |
| 2076 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 2077 | |
| 2078 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !InvalidDecl) { |
| 2079 | // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a |
| 2080 | // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 2081 | if (!IsFunctionDefinition) { |
| 2082 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_out_of_line_declaration) |
| 2083 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 2084 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 2085 | } else if (!Redeclaration) { |
| 2086 | // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a |
| 2087 | // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there |
| 2088 | // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, |
| 2089 | // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: |
| 2090 | // |
| 2091 | // class X { |
| 2092 | // void f() const; |
| 2093 | // }; |
| 2094 | // |
| 2095 | // void X::f() { } // ill-formed |
| 2096 | // |
| 2097 | // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close |
| 2098 | // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and |
| 2099 | // whether the parameter types are references). |
| 2100 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) |
| 2101 | << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 2102 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 2103 | |
| 2104 | LookupResult Prev = LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, |
| 2105 | true); |
| 2106 | assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && |
| 2107 | "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); |
| 2108 | for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); |
| 2109 | Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { |
| 2110 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && |
| 2111 | isNearlyMatchingFunction(Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) |
| 2112 | Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); |
| 2113 | } |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 2116 | } |
| 2117 | } |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 | // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes |
| 2120 | // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). |
| 2121 | // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, |
| 2122 | // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. |
| 2123 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewFD, D); |
| 2124 | AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 | if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { |
| 2127 | // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function |
| 2128 | // with that name must be marked "overloadable". |
| 2129 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) |
| 2130 | << Redeclaration << NewFD; |
| 2131 | if (PrevDecl) |
| 2132 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), |
| 2133 | diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); |
| 2134 | NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr()); |
| 2135 | } |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the |
| 2138 | // map of such names. |
| 2139 | if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC(Context) |
| 2140 | && !InvalidDecl) |
| 2141 | RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, PrevDecl, S); |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 | return NewFD; |
| 2144 | } |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 | /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. |
| 2147 | /// |
| 2148 | /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration |
| 2149 | /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not |
| 2150 | /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is |
| 2151 | /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed |
| 2152 | /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions |
| 2153 | /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called |
| 2154 | /// via InstantiateDecl). |
| 2155 | /// |
| 2156 | /// \returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. |
| 2157 | bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(FunctionDecl *NewFD, NamedDecl *&PrevDecl, |
| 2158 | bool &Redeclaration, |
| 2159 | bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) { |
| 2160 | bool InvalidDecl = false; |
| 2161 | |
| 2162 | // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). |
| 2163 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2164 | // C++-specific checks. |
| 2165 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) |
| 2166 | InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckConstructor(Constructor); |
| 2167 | else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| 2168 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getParent()); |
| 2169 | Record->setUserDeclaredDestructor(true); |
| 2170 | // C++ [class]p4: A POD-struct is an aggregate class that has [...] no |
| 2171 | // user-defined destructor. |
| 2172 | Record->setPOD(false); |
| 2173 | } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion |
| 2174 | = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) |
| 2175 | ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); |
| 2176 | |
| 2177 | // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). |
| 2178 | if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && |
| 2179 | CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) |
| 2180 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 2181 | } |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | // Check for a previous declaration of this name. |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2184 | if (!PrevDecl && NewFD->isExternC(Context)) { |
| 2185 | // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring |
| 2186 | // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" |
| 2187 | // declaration with the same name. |
| 2188 | llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 | = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2190 | if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) |
| 2191 | PrevDecl = Pos->second; |
| 2192 | } |
| 2193 | |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2194 | // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of |
| 2195 | // the same name, if appropriate. |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2196 | if (PrevDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | f9201e0 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2197 | // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2198 | // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, |
| 2199 | // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new |
| 2200 | // function to the scope. |
| 2201 | OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator MatchedDecl; |
Douglas Gregor | ae17094 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2202 | |
| 2203 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2204 | AllowOverloadingOfFunction(PrevDecl, Context)) { |
Douglas Gregor | ae17094 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2205 | OverloadableAttrRequired = true; |
| 2206 | |
Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2207 | // Functions marked "overloadable" must have a prototype (that |
| 2208 | // we can't get through declaration merging). |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2209 | if (!NewFD->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType()) { |
Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2210 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) |
| 2211 | << NewFD; |
| 2212 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 2213 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 | // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2216 | QualType R = Context.getFunctionType( |
| 2217 | NewFD->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType(), |
| 2218 | 0, 0, true, 0); |
Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2219 | NewFD->setType(R); |
| 2220 | } |
| 2221 | } |
| 2222 | |
| 2223 | if (PrevDecl && |
| 2224 | (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(PrevDecl, Context) || |
| 2225 | !IsOverload(NewFD, PrevDecl, MatchedDecl))) { |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 | Redeclaration = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2227 | Decl *OldDecl = PrevDecl; |
| 2228 | |
| 2229 | // If PrevDecl was an overloaded function, extract the |
| 2230 | // FunctionDecl that matched. |
| 2231 | if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| 2232 | OldDecl = *MatchedDecl; |
| 2233 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2235 | // merged. |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2236 | if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) |
| 2237 | InvalidDecl = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2238 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2239 | if (!InvalidDecl) |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2240 | NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2242 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2243 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2244 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !CurContext->isRecord()) { |
Sebastian Redl | 00d5074 | 2009-02-08 14:56:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless |
| 2246 | // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done |
| 2247 | // during delayed parsing anyway. |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2248 | CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2249 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 25d944a | 2009-02-24 04:26:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2251 | return InvalidDecl || NewFD->isInvalidDecl(); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2252 | } |
| 2253 | |
Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2254 | bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { |
Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2255 | // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for |
| 2256 | // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or |
| 2257 | // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, |
| 2258 | // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated |
| 2259 | // expressions. Everything else falls under the |
| 2260 | // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. |
| 2261 | // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression |
| 2262 | // rules there don't matter.) |
Chris Lattner | 111c2ee | 2009-02-24 21:54:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2263 | if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context)) |
Eli Friedman | 578a972 | 2009-02-22 06:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 | return false; |
Eli Friedman | 2129828 | 2009-02-26 04:47:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 | Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) |
| 2266 | << Init->getSourceRange(); |
Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2267 | return true; |
Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2268 | } |
| 2269 | |
Sebastian Redl | 798d119 | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2270 | void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(DeclTy *dcl, ExprArg init) { |
Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2271 | AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, move(init), /*DirectInit=*/false); |
| 2272 | } |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 | /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the |
| 2275 | /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct |
| 2276 | /// initialization rather than copy initialization. |
| 2277 | void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(DeclTy *dcl, ExprArg init, bool DirectInit) { |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2278 | Decl *RealDecl = static_cast<Decl *>(dcl); |
Chris Lattner | 9a11b9a | 2007-10-19 20:10:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 | // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore |
| 2280 | // the initializer. |
Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2281 | if (RealDecl == 0) |
Chris Lattner | 9a11b9a | 2007-10-19 20:10:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 | return; |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2283 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { |
| 2285 | // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot |
| 2286 | // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. |
| 2287 | // Thus this grotesque test. |
| 2288 | IntegerLiteral *IL; |
| 2289 | Expr *Init = static_cast<Expr *>(init.get()); |
| 2290 | if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && |
| 2291 | Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) { |
Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2292 | if (Method->isVirtual()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2293 | Method->setPure(); |
Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 | |
| 2295 | // A class is abstract if at least one function is pure virtual. |
| 2296 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->setAbstract(true); |
| 2297 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2298 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_non_virtual_pure) |
| 2299 | << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 2300 | Method->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2301 | } |
| 2302 | } else { |
| 2303 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) |
| 2304 | << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 2305 | Method->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2306 | } |
| 2307 | return; |
| 2308 | } |
| 2309 | |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2310 | VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); |
| 2311 | if (!VDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2312 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 2313 | RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && |
| 2314 | isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) |
| 2315 | Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization) |
| 2316 | << cast<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)->getDeclName(); |
| 2317 | else |
| 2318 | Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 | RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2320 | return; |
Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2321 | } |
| 2322 | |
Douglas Gregor | 275a369 | 2009-03-10 23:43:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 | const VarDecl *Def = 0; |
| 2324 | if (VDecl->getDefinition(Def)) { |
| 2325 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) |
| 2326 | << VDecl->getDeclName(); |
| 2327 | Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 2328 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2329 | return; |
| 2330 | } |
| 2331 | |
Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2332 | // Take ownership of the expression, now that we're sure we have somewhere |
| 2333 | // to put it. |
| 2334 | Expr *Init = static_cast<Expr *>(init.release()); |
| 2335 | assert(Init && "missing initializer"); |
| 2336 | |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2337 | // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since |
Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 | // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2339 | QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2340 | if (VDecl->isBlockVarDecl()) { |
| 2341 | VarDecl::StorageClass SC = VDecl->getStorageClass(); |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | if (SC == VarDecl::Extern) { // C99 6.7.8p5 |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2343 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2345 | } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2346 | if (CheckInitializerTypes(Init, DclT, VDecl->getLocation(), |
Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2347 | VDecl->getDeclName(), DirectInit)) |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2348 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2349 | |
| 2350 | // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. |
Eli Friedman | da15323 | 2009-02-20 01:34:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2351 | // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. |
| 2352 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | if (SC == VarDecl::Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. |
| 2354 | CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); |
| 2355 | } |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2356 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && |
| 2358 | VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { |
| 2359 | // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., |
| 2360 | // |
| 2361 | // struct S { |
| 2362 | // static const int value = 17; |
| 2363 | // }; |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | // Attach the initializer |
| 2366 | VDecl->setInit(Init); |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 | // C++ [class.mem]p4: |
| 2369 | // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only |
| 2370 | // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or |
| 2371 | // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. |
| 2372 | QualType T = VDecl->getType(); |
| 2373 | if (!T->isDependentType() && |
| 2374 | (!Context.getCanonicalType(T).isConstQualified() || |
| 2375 | !T->isIntegralType())) { |
| 2376 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization) |
| 2377 | << VDecl->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 2378 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2379 | } else { |
| 2380 | // C++ [class.static.data]p4: |
| 2381 | // If a static data member is of const integral or const |
| 2382 | // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition |
| 2383 | // can specify a constant-initializer which shall be an |
| 2384 | // integral constant expression (5.19). |
| 2385 | if (!Init->isTypeDependent() && |
| 2386 | !Init->getType()->isIntegralType()) { |
| 2387 | // We have a non-dependent, non-integral or enumeration type. |
| 2388 | Diag(Init->getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| 2389 | diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_integral_type) |
| 2390 | << Init->getType() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 2391 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2392 | } else if (!Init->isTypeDependent() && !Init->isValueDependent()) { |
| 2393 | // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. |
| 2394 | llvm::APSInt Value; |
| 2395 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 2396 | if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { |
| 2397 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) |
| 2398 | << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 2399 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2400 | } else if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) |
| 2401 | ImpCastExprToType(Init, VDecl->getType()); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2402 | } |
| 2403 | } |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2404 | } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { |
| 2405 | if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Extern) |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2406 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2407 | if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) |
Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2408 | if (CheckInitializerTypes(Init, DclT, VDecl->getLocation(), |
Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 | VDecl->getDeclName(), DirectInit)) |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | |
Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2412 | // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. |
Eli Friedman | da15323 | 2009-02-20 01:34:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2413 | // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. |
| 2414 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2415 | // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. |
| 2416 | CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); |
| 2417 | } |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2418 | } |
| 2419 | // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was |
| 2420 | // completed by the initializer. For example: |
| 2421 | // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; |
| 2422 | // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. |
Christopher Lamb | 48b1239 | 2007-11-29 19:09:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2423 | if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2424 | VDecl->setType(DclT); |
Christopher Lamb | 48b1239 | 2007-11-29 19:09:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2425 | Init->setType(DclT); |
| 2426 | } |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 | |
| 2428 | // Attach the initializer to the decl. |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2429 | VDecl->setInit(Init); |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2430 | return; |
| 2431 | } |
| 2432 | |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(DeclTy *dcl) { |
| 2434 | Decl *RealDecl = static_cast<Decl *>(dcl); |
| 2435 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 48c2e90 | 2008-11-07 13:01:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2436 | // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. |
| 2437 | if (RealDecl == 0) |
| 2438 | return; |
| 2439 | |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2440 | if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { |
| 2441 | QualType Type = Var->getType(); |
| 2442 | // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p3: |
| 2443 | // The initializer can be omitted for a reference only in a |
| 2444 | // parameter declaration (8.3.5), in the declaration of a |
| 2445 | // function return type, in the declaration of a class member |
| 2446 | // within its class declaration (9.2), and where the extern |
| 2447 | // specifier is explicitly used. |
Douglas Gregor | 9e7d9de | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 | if (Type->isReferenceType() && |
| 2449 | Var->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern && |
| 2450 | Var->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::PrivateExtern) { |
Chris Lattner | d3a94e2 | 2008-11-20 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2451 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2452 | << Var->getDeclName() |
| 2453 | << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); |
Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2454 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2455 | return; |
| 2456 | } |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 | // C++ [dcl.init]p9: |
| 2459 | // |
| 2460 | // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the object |
| 2461 | // is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or array |
| 2462 | // thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if the |
| 2463 | // object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class type |
| 2464 | // shall have a user-declared default constructor. |
| 2465 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2466 | QualType InitType = Type; |
| 2467 | if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(Type)) |
| 2468 | InitType = Array->getElementType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 9e7d9de | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2469 | if (Var->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern && |
| 2470 | Var->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::PrivateExtern && |
| 2471 | InitType->isRecordType()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2472 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 86447ec | 2009-03-09 16:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | if (!RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), InitType, |
Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2474 | diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use)) |
| 2475 | Constructor |
| 2476 | = PerformInitializationByConstructor(InitType, 0, 0, |
| 2477 | Var->getLocation(), |
Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2478 | SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), |
| 2479 | Var->getLocation()), |
Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2480 | Var->getDeclName(), |
| 2481 | IK_Default); |
Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2482 | if (!Constructor) |
| 2483 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2484 | } |
| 2485 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2486 | |
Douglas Gregor | 818ce48 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2487 | #if 0 |
| 2488 | // FIXME: Temporarily disabled because we are not properly parsing |
| 2489 | // linkage specifications on declarations, e.g., |
| 2490 | // |
| 2491 | // extern "C" const CGPoint CGPointerZero; |
| 2492 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2493 | // C++ [dcl.init]p9: |
| 2494 | // |
| 2495 | // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the |
| 2496 | // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or |
| 2497 | // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if |
| 2498 | // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class |
| 2499 | // type shall have a user-declared default |
| 2500 | // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for |
| 2501 | // an object, the object and its subobjects, if any, have an |
| 2502 | // indeterminate initial value; if the object or any of its |
| 2503 | // subobjects are of const-qualified type, the program is |
| 2504 | // ill-formed. |
| 2505 | // |
| 2506 | // This isn't technically an error in C, so we don't diagnose it. |
| 2507 | // |
| 2508 | // FIXME: Actually perform the POD/user-defined default |
| 2509 | // constructor check. |
| 2510 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Douglas Gregor | 818ce48 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2511 | Context.getCanonicalType(Type).isConstQualified() && |
| 2512 | Var->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern) |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2513 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_const_var_requires_init) |
| 2514 | << Var->getName() |
| 2515 | << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); |
Douglas Gregor | 818ce48 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2516 | #endif |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2517 | } |
| 2518 | } |
| 2519 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2520 | /// The declarators are chained together backwards, reverse the list. |
| 2521 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, DeclTy *group) { |
| 2522 | // Often we have single declarators, handle them quickly. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | d311f37 | 2009-02-17 20:23:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2523 | Decl *Group = static_cast<Decl*>(group); |
| 2524 | if (Group == 0) |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2525 | return 0; |
Steve Naroff | 9474504 | 2007-09-13 23:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2526 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2527 | Decl *NewGroup = 0; |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2528 | if (Group->getNextDeclarator() == 0) |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2529 | NewGroup = Group; |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2530 | else { // reverse the list. |
| 2531 | while (Group) { |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2532 | Decl *Next = Group->getNextDeclarator(); |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2533 | Group->setNextDeclarator(NewGroup); |
| 2534 | NewGroup = Group; |
| 2535 | Group = Next; |
| 2536 | } |
| 2537 | } |
| 2538 | // Perform semantic analysis that depends on having fully processed both |
| 2539 | // the declarator and initializer. |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2540 | for (Decl *ID = NewGroup; ID; ID = ID->getNextDeclarator()) { |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2541 | VarDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ID); |
| 2542 | if (!IDecl) |
| 2543 | continue; |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2544 | QualType T = IDecl->getType(); |
Eli Friedman | bc592e6 | 2009-02-26 03:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2545 | |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2546 | // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is declared with |
| 2547 | // no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the object shall be complete... |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | if (IDecl->isBlockVarDecl() && |
| 2549 | IDecl->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern) { |
Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2550 | if (!IDecl->isInvalidDecl() && |
Douglas Gregor | 86447ec | 2009-03-09 16:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2551 | RequireCompleteType(IDecl->getLocation(), T, |
Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2552 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 | IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2554 | } |
| 2555 | // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for and |
| 2556 | // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a |
| 2557 | // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", |
| 2558 | // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with |
| 2559 | // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). |
Douglas Gregor | 275a369 | 2009-03-10 23:43:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2560 | if (IDecl->isTentativeDefinition(Context)) { |
Douglas Gregor | a03aca8 | 2009-03-10 21:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2561 | QualType CheckType = T; |
| 2562 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type; |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 | const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(T); |
| 2565 | if (ArrayT) { |
| 2566 | CheckType = ArrayT->getElementType(); |
| 2567 | DiagID = diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type; |
| 2568 | } |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 | if (IDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 2571 | // Do nothing with invalid declarations |
| 2572 | } else if ((ArrayT || IDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) && |
| 2573 | RequireCompleteType(IDecl->getLocation(), CheckType, DiagID)) { |
Steve Naroff | 9a75f8a | 2008-01-18 20:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2574 | // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is |
| 2575 | // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the |
| 2576 | // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2577 | IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | a03aca8 | 2009-03-10 21:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2578 | } |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2579 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 | } |
| 2581 | return NewGroup; |
| 2582 | } |
Steve Naroff | e1223f7 | 2007-08-28 03:03:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2584 | /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() |
| 2585 | /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. |
| 2586 | Sema::DeclTy * |
| 2587 | Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { |
Chris Lattner | 985abd9 | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2588 | const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2589 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2590 | // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. |
Daniel Dunbar | 33ad012 | 2008-09-03 21:54:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2591 | VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = VarDecl::None; |
| 2592 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { |
| 2593 | StorageClass = VarDecl::Register; |
| 2594 | } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 2596 | diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); |
Chris Lattner | 985abd9 | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2597 | D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2598 | } |
| 2599 | if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) { |
| 2600 | Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), |
| 2601 | diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); |
Chris Lattner | 985abd9 | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2602 | D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 | } |
| 2604 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6d6eb57 | 2008-05-07 04:49:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2605 | // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this |
| 2606 | // parameter (C++ only). |
| 2607 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 2608 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| 2609 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2610 | // In this context, we *do not* check D.getInvalidType(). If the declarator |
| 2611 | // type was invalid, GetTypeForDeclarator() still returns a "valid" type, |
| 2612 | // though it will not reflect the user specified type. |
| 2613 | QualType parmDeclType = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 | assert(!parmDeclType.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); |
| 2616 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | // TODO: CHECK FOR CONFLICTS, multiple decls with same name in one scope. |
| 2618 | // Can this happen for params? We already checked that they don't conflict |
| 2619 | // among each other. Here they can only shadow globals, which is ok. |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2620 | IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2621 | if (II) { |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 | if (NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupOrdinaryName)) { |
Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2623 | if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
| 2624 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 2625 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); |
| 2626 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 2627 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 2628 | } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { |
| 2629 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2630 | |
Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2631 | // Recover by removing the name |
| 2632 | II = 0; |
| 2633 | D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| 2634 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2635 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2636 | } |
Steve Naroff | 6a9f3e3 | 2007-08-07 22:44:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | |
Anders Carlsson | 11f21a0 | 2009-03-23 19:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2638 | // Parameters can not be abstract class types. |
Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2639 | // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once |
| 2640 | // the class has been completely parsed. |
| 2641 | if (!CurContext->isRecord() && |
| 2642 | RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), parmDeclType, |
Anders Carlsson | 11f21a0 | 2009-03-23 19:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2643 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2644 | AbstractParamType)) |
Anders Carlsson | 11f21a0 | 2009-03-23 19:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2645 | D.setInvalidType(true); |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2646 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2647 | QualType T = adjustParameterType(parmDeclType); |
| 2648 | |
| 2649 | ParmVarDecl *New; |
| 2650 | if (T == parmDeclType) // parameter type did not need adjustment |
| 2651 | New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| 2652 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, |
| 2653 | parmDeclType, StorageClass, |
| 2654 | 0); |
| 2655 | else // keep track of both the adjusted and unadjusted types |
| 2656 | New = OriginalParmVarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| 2657 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, T, |
| 2658 | parmDeclType, StorageClass, 0); |
Anders Carlsson | f78915f | 2008-02-15 07:04:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2659 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | if (D.getInvalidType()) |
Steve Naroff | 53a3234 | 2007-08-28 18:45:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2662 | |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2663 | // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 2664 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 2665 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) |
| 2666 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 2667 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2668 | } |
Steve Naroff | ccef371 | 2009-02-20 22:59:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2669 | // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are |
| 2670 | // passed by reference. |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2671 | if (T->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
Steve Naroff | ccef371 | 2009-02-20 22:59:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2672 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_object_cannot_be_by_value) |
| 2673 | << "passed"; |
| 2674 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2675 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2676 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2677 | // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. |
| 2678 | S->AddDecl(New); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2679 | if (II) |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2680 | IdResolver.AddDecl(New); |
Nate Begeman | b7894b5 | 2008-02-17 21:20:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2681 | |
Chris Lattner | 3ff30c8 | 2008-06-29 00:02:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2682 | ProcessDeclAttributes(New, D); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2683 | return New; |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2684 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2685 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 306d68f | 2007-11-08 23:49:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2686 | |
Douglas Gregor | be109b3 | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2687 | void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2688 | assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && |
| 2689 | "Not a function declarator!"); |
| 2690 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2691 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2692 | // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' |
| 2693 | // for a K&R function. |
| 2694 | if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { |
| 2695 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2696 | if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2697 | Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) |
| 2698 | << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2699 | // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better |
| 2700 | // type. |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2701 | DeclSpec DS; |
| 2702 | const char* PrevSpec; // unused |
| 2703 | DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, |
| 2704 | PrevSpec); |
| 2705 | Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); |
| 2706 | ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); |
Douglas Gregor | be109b3 | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2707 | FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2708 | } |
| 2709 | } |
Douglas Gregor | be109b3 | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2710 | } |
| 2711 | } |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { |
| 2714 | assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); |
| 2715 | assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && |
| 2716 | "Not a function declarator!"); |
| 2717 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 | if (FTI.hasPrototype) { |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 | // FIXME: Diagnose arguments without names in C. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2721 | } |
| 2722 | |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 | Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); |
Steve Naroff | adbbd0c | 2008-01-14 20:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2725 | return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2726 | ActOnDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 0, |
| 2727 | /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true)); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2728 | } |
| 2729 | |
| 2730 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, DeclTy *D) { |
| 2731 | Decl *decl = static_cast<Decl*>(D); |
Chris Lattner | e9ba323 | 2008-02-16 01:20:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2732 | FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(decl); |
Douglas Gregor | 6fc17ff | 2008-10-29 15:10:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2733 | |
| 2734 | // See if this is a redefinition. |
| 2735 | const FunctionDecl *Definition; |
| 2736 | if (FD->getBody(Definition)) { |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2737 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2738 | Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 6fc17ff | 2008-10-29 15:10:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2739 | } |
| 2740 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2741 | // Builtin functions cannot be defined. |
| 2742 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(Context)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 655753a | 2009-02-17 16:03:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 | if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2744 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; |
Douglas Gregor | 655753a | 2009-02-17 16:03:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2745 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2746 | } |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2747 | } |
| 2748 | |
Eli Friedman | 7f0f5dc | 2009-03-04 07:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2749 | // The return type of a function definition must be complete |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2750 | // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). |
| 2751 | QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); |
| 2752 | if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && |
| 2753 | RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, |
| 2754 | diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) |
Eli Friedman | 7f0f5dc | 2009-03-04 07:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2755 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Eli Friedman | 7f0f5dc | 2009-03-04 07:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2756 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2757 | PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); |
Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2758 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2759 | // Check the validity of our function parameters |
| 2760 | CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD); |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 | // Introduce our parameters into the function scope |
| 2763 | for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { |
| 2764 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); |
Douglas Gregor | a8cc8ce | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2765 | Param->setOwningFunction(FD); |
| 2766 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2767 | // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2768 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) |
| 2769 | PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2770 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2771 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2772 | // Checking attributes of current function definition |
| 2773 | // dllimport attribute. |
| 2774 | if (FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { |
| 2775 | // dllimport attribute cannot be applied to definition. |
| 2776 | if (!(FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>())->isInherited()) { |
| 2777 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), |
| 2778 | diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) |
| 2779 | << "dllimport"; |
| 2780 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2781 | return FD; |
| 2782 | } else { |
| 2783 | // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the |
| 2784 | // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is |
| 2785 | // emitted. |
| 2786 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), |
| 2787 | diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) |
| 2788 | << FD->getNameAsCString() << "dllimport"; |
| 2789 | } |
| 2790 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2791 | return FD; |
| 2792 | } |
| 2793 | |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2794 | static bool StatementCreatesScope(Stmt* S) { |
| 2795 | bool result = false; |
| 2796 | if (DeclStmt* DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { |
| 2797 | for (DeclStmt::decl_iterator i = DS->decl_begin(); |
| 2798 | i != DS->decl_end(); ++i) { |
| 2799 | if (VarDecl* D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(*i)) { |
| 2800 | result |= D->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType(); |
Eli Friedman | 709fa15 | 2009-02-28 06:22:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | result |= !!D->getAttr<CleanupAttr>(); |
| 2802 | } else if (TypedefDecl* D = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(*i)) { |
| 2803 | result |= D->getUnderlyingType()->isVariablyModifiedType(); |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2804 | } |
| 2805 | } |
| 2806 | } |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 | return result; |
| 2809 | } |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | void Sema::RecursiveCalcLabelScopes(llvm::DenseMap<Stmt*, void*>& LabelScopeMap, |
| 2812 | llvm::DenseMap<void*, Stmt*>& PopScopeMap, |
| 2813 | std::vector<void*>& ScopeStack, |
| 2814 | Stmt* CurStmt, |
| 2815 | Stmt* ParentCompoundStmt) { |
| 2816 | for (Stmt::child_iterator i = CurStmt->child_begin(); |
| 2817 | i != CurStmt->child_end(); ++i) { |
| 2818 | if (!*i) continue; |
| 2819 | if (StatementCreatesScope(*i)) { |
| 2820 | ScopeStack.push_back(*i); |
| 2821 | PopScopeMap[*i] = ParentCompoundStmt; |
| 2822 | } else if (isa<LabelStmt>(CurStmt)) { |
| 2823 | LabelScopeMap[CurStmt] = ScopeStack.size() ? ScopeStack.back() : 0; |
| 2824 | } |
| 2825 | if (isa<DeclStmt>(*i)) continue; |
| 2826 | Stmt* CurCompound = isa<CompoundStmt>(*i) ? *i : ParentCompoundStmt; |
| 2827 | RecursiveCalcLabelScopes(LabelScopeMap, PopScopeMap, ScopeStack, |
| 2828 | *i, CurCompound); |
| 2829 | } |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 | while (ScopeStack.size() && PopScopeMap[ScopeStack.back()] == CurStmt) { |
| 2832 | ScopeStack.pop_back(); |
| 2833 | } |
| 2834 | } |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 | void Sema::RecursiveCalcJumpScopes(llvm::DenseMap<Stmt*, void*>& LabelScopeMap, |
| 2837 | llvm::DenseMap<void*, Stmt*>& PopScopeMap, |
| 2838 | llvm::DenseMap<Stmt*, void*>& GotoScopeMap, |
| 2839 | std::vector<void*>& ScopeStack, |
| 2840 | Stmt* CurStmt) { |
| 2841 | for (Stmt::child_iterator i = CurStmt->child_begin(); |
| 2842 | i != CurStmt->child_end(); ++i) { |
| 2843 | if (!*i) continue; |
| 2844 | if (StatementCreatesScope(*i)) { |
| 2845 | ScopeStack.push_back(*i); |
| 2846 | } else if (GotoStmt* GS = dyn_cast<GotoStmt>(*i)) { |
| 2847 | void* LScope = LabelScopeMap[GS->getLabel()]; |
| 2848 | if (LScope) { |
| 2849 | bool foundScopeInStack = false; |
| 2850 | for (unsigned i = ScopeStack.size(); i > 0; --i) { |
| 2851 | if (LScope == ScopeStack[i-1]) { |
| 2852 | foundScopeInStack = true; |
| 2853 | break; |
| 2854 | } |
| 2855 | } |
| 2856 | if (!foundScopeInStack) { |
| 2857 | Diag(GS->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_goto_into_scope); |
| 2858 | } |
| 2859 | } |
| 2860 | } |
| 2861 | if (isa<DeclStmt>(*i)) continue; |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2862 | RecursiveCalcJumpScopes(LabelScopeMap, PopScopeMap, GotoScopeMap, |
| 2863 | ScopeStack, *i); |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2864 | } |
| 2865 | |
| 2866 | while (ScopeStack.size() && PopScopeMap[ScopeStack.back()] == CurStmt) { |
| 2867 | ScopeStack.pop_back(); |
| 2868 | } |
| 2869 | } |
| 2870 | |
Sebastian Redl | 798d119 | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2871 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(DeclTy *D, StmtArg BodyArg) { |
Steve Naroff | d6d054d | 2007-11-11 23:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | Decl *dcl = static_cast<Decl *>(D); |
Sebastian Redl | 798d119 | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2873 | Stmt *Body = static_cast<Stmt*>(BodyArg.release()); |
Steve Naroff | 394f3f4 | 2008-07-25 17:57:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2874 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) { |
Ted Kremenek | eaab206 | 2009-03-12 18:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2875 | FD->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 53d0ea5 | 2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2876 | assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); |
Steve Naroff | 394f3f4 | 2008-07-25 17:57:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2877 | } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { |
Chris Lattner | ffed163 | 2009-02-16 19:27:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2878 | assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); |
Ted Kremenek | eaab206 | 2009-03-12 18:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2879 | MD->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)); |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2880 | } else { |
| 2881 | Body->Destroy(Context); |
Steve Naroff | 394f3f4 | 2008-07-25 17:57:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | return 0; |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 | } |
Chris Lattner | b048c98 | 2008-04-06 04:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2884 | PopDeclContext(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2885 | // Verify and clean out per-function state. |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2886 | |
Steve Naroff | caaacec | 2009-03-13 15:38:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2887 | bool HaveLabels = !LabelMap.empty(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2888 | // Check goto/label use. |
Steve Naroff | caaacec | 2009-03-13 15:38:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2889 | for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator |
| 2890 | I = LabelMap.begin(), E = LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2891 | // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto |
| 2892 | // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd |
| 2893 | // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. |
Steve Naroff | caaacec | 2009-03-13 15:38:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2894 | if (I->second->getSubStmt() == 0) { |
| 2895 | LabelStmt *L = I->second; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | // Emit error. |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2897 | Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 | |
| 2899 | // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into |
| 2900 | // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well |
| 2901 | // formed. |
Chris Lattner | 0cbc215 | 2008-01-25 00:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 | if (Body) { |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2903 | #if 0 |
| 2904 | // FIXME: Why do this? Having a 'push_back' in CompoundStmt is ugly, |
| 2905 | // and the AST is malformed anyway. We should just blow away 'L'. |
| 2906 | L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); |
| 2907 | cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)->push_back(L); |
| 2908 | #else |
| 2909 | L->Destroy(Context); |
| 2910 | #endif |
Chris Lattner | 0cbc215 | 2008-01-25 00:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2911 | } else { |
| 2912 | // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly, just delete this. |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2913 | L->Destroy(Context); |
Chris Lattner | 0cbc215 | 2008-01-25 00:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2914 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2915 | } |
| 2916 | } |
Steve Naroff | caaacec | 2009-03-13 15:38:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 | LabelMap.clear(); |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2918 | |
| 2919 | if (!Body) return D; |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 | if (HaveLabels) { |
| 2922 | llvm::DenseMap<Stmt*, void*> LabelScopeMap; |
| 2923 | llvm::DenseMap<void*, Stmt*> PopScopeMap; |
| 2924 | llvm::DenseMap<Stmt*, void*> GotoScopeMap; |
| 2925 | std::vector<void*> ScopeStack; |
| 2926 | RecursiveCalcLabelScopes(LabelScopeMap, PopScopeMap, ScopeStack, Body, Body); |
| 2927 | RecursiveCalcJumpScopes(LabelScopeMap, PopScopeMap, GotoScopeMap, ScopeStack, Body); |
| 2928 | } |
| 2929 | |
Steve Naroff | d6d054d | 2007-11-11 23:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2930 | return D; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 60fbca0 | 2007-11-10 16:31:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2931 | } |
| 2932 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2933 | /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function |
| 2934 | /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2935 | NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2936 | IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2937 | // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined |
| 2938 | // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of |
| 2939 | // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that |
| 2940 | // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. |
| 2941 | llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos |
| 2942 | = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); |
| 2943 | if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { |
| 2944 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; |
| 2945 | Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 2946 | return Pos->second; |
| 2947 | } |
| 2948 | |
Chris Lattner | 37d1084 | 2008-05-05 21:18:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2949 | // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. |
| 2950 | if (getLangOptions().C99) |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2951 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; |
Chris Lattner | 37d1084 | 2008-05-05 21:18:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2952 | else |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2953 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2954 | |
| 2955 | // FIXME: handle stuff like: |
| 2956 | // void foo() { extern float X(); } |
| 2957 | // void bar() { X(); } <-- implicit decl for X in another scope. |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 | // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); |
| 2960 | const char *Dummy; |
| 2961 | DeclSpec DS; |
| 2962 | bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy); |
| 2963 | Error = Error; // Silence warning. |
| 2964 | assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); |
| 2965 | Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); |
Douglas Gregor | 965acbb | 2009-02-18 07:07:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2966 | D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), |
| 2967 | 0, 0, 0, Loc, D), |
Sebastian Redl | ab197ba | 2009-02-09 18:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 | SourceLocation()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2969 | D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); |
Sebastian Redl | ab197ba | 2009-02-09 18:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2970 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 93213bb | 2008-05-01 21:04:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2971 | // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 | DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; |
| 2974 | CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| 2975 | |
Steve Naroff | e2ef815 | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2976 | FunctionDecl *FD = |
Daniel Dunbar | 914701e | 2008-08-05 16:28:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2977 | dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D, 0))); |
Steve Naroff | e2ef815 | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2978 | FD->setImplicit(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 93213bb | 2008-05-01 21:04:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2979 | |
| 2980 | CurContext = PrevDC; |
| 2981 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2982 | AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); |
| 2983 | |
Steve Naroff | e2ef815 | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2984 | return FD; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2985 | } |
| 2986 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2987 | /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on |
| 2988 | /// the declaration of this function. |
| 2989 | /// |
| 2990 | /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins |
| 2991 | /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions |
| 2992 | /// like NSLog or printf. |
| 2993 | void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 2994 | if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 2995 | return; |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to |
| 2998 | // actual attributes. |
| 2999 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(Context)) { |
| 3000 | // Handle printf-formatting attributes. |
| 3001 | unsigned FormatIdx; |
| 3002 | bool HasVAListArg; |
| 3003 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { |
| 3004 | if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3005 | FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr("printf", FormatIdx + 1, |
| 3006 | FormatIdx + 2)); |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3007 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | ef2abfe | 2009-02-16 22:43:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3008 | |
| 3009 | // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only |
| 3010 | // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows |
| 3011 | // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. |
| 3012 | if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && |
| 3013 | Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { |
| 3014 | if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3015 | FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr()); |
Daniel Dunbar | ef2abfe | 2009-02-16 22:43:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3016 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3017 | } |
| 3018 | |
| 3019 | IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); |
| 3020 | if (!Name) |
| 3021 | return; |
| 3022 | if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 3023 | FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || |
| 3024 | (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && |
| 3025 | cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == |
| 3026 | LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { |
| 3027 | // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know |
| 3028 | // about. |
| 3029 | } else |
| 3030 | return; |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 | unsigned KnownID; |
| 3033 | for (KnownID = 0; KnownID != id_num_known_functions; ++KnownID) |
| 3034 | if (KnownFunctionIDs[KnownID] == Name) |
| 3035 | break; |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 | switch (KnownID) { |
| 3038 | case id_NSLog: |
| 3039 | case id_NSLogv: |
| 3040 | if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { |
| 3041 | // FIXME: We known better than our headers. |
| 3042 | const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType("printf"); |
| 3043 | } else |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3044 | FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr("printf", 1, 2)); |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3045 | break; |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | case id_asprintf: |
| 3048 | case id_vasprintf: |
| 3049 | if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3050 | FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr("printf", 2, 3)); |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3051 | break; |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 | default: |
| 3054 | // Unknown function or known function without any attributes to |
| 3055 | // add. Do nothing. |
| 3056 | break; |
| 3057 | } |
| 3058 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3059 | |
Chris Lattner | 41af093 | 2007-11-14 06:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3060 | TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3061 | Decl *LastDeclarator) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3062 | assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3063 | assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3064 | |
| 3065 | // Scope manipulation handled by caller. |
Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3066 | TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| 3067 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Chris Lattner | 6c2b6eb | 2008-03-15 06:12:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3068 | D.getIdentifier(), |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3069 | T); |
Anders Carlsson | 4843e58 | 2009-03-10 17:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3070 | |
| 3071 | if (TagType *TT = dyn_cast<TagType>(T)) { |
| 3072 | TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); |
| 3073 | |
| 3074 | // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl |
| 3075 | // keep track of the TypedefDecl. |
| 3076 | if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) |
| 3077 | TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); |
| 3078 | } |
| 3079 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3080 | NewTD->setNextDeclarator(LastDeclarator); |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3081 | if (D.getInvalidType()) |
| 3082 | NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3083 | return NewTD; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3084 | } |
| 3085 | |
Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3086 | /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3087 | /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3088 | /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TK indicates whether this is a |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3089 | /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3090 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagKind TK, |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | eb83ecd | 2008-11-08 16:45:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 | SourceLocation KWLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 3092 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
Douglas Gregor | 06c0fec | 2009-03-25 22:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3093 | AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS) { |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3094 | // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3095 | assert((Name != 0 || TK == TK_Definition) && |
| 3096 | "Nameless record must be a definition!"); |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3097 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3098 | TagDecl::TagKind Kind; |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3099 | switch (TagSpec) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3100 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown tag type!"); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3101 | case DeclSpec::TST_struct: Kind = TagDecl::TK_struct; break; |
| 3102 | case DeclSpec::TST_union: Kind = TagDecl::TK_union; break; |
| 3103 | case DeclSpec::TST_class: Kind = TagDecl::TK_class; break; |
| 3104 | case DeclSpec::TST_enum: Kind = TagDecl::TK_enum; break; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3105 | } |
| 3106 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3107 | DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3108 | DeclContext *DC = CurContext; |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3109 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3111 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 3112 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3113 | if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { |
| 3114 | // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | // Check for invalid 'foo::'. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3117 | if (SS.isInvalid()) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3118 | Name = 0; |
| 3119 | goto CreateNewDecl; |
| 3120 | } |
| 3121 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4fdf1fa | 2009-03-11 16:48:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3122 | // FIXME: RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)? |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3123 | DC = computeDeclContext(SS); |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3124 | SearchDC = DC; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3125 | // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. |
Steve Naroff | 3e8ffd2 | 2009-01-29 00:07:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3126 | PrevDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>( |
Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3127 | LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupTagName, true).getAsDecl()); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3128 | |
| 3129 | // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. |
| 3130 | if (PrevDecl == 0) { |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3131 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) << Name << SS.getRange(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3132 | Name = 0; |
| 3133 | goto CreateNewDecl; |
| 3134 | } |
Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3135 | } else if (Name) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3136 | // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward |
| 3137 | // declaration or definition. |
Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3138 | // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we |
| 3139 | // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we |
| 3140 | // shouldn't be diagnosing. |
Douglas Gregor | e2c565d | 2009-02-03 19:26:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3141 | LookupResult R = LookupName(S, Name, LookupTagName, |
| 3142 | /*RedeclarationOnly=*/(TK != TK_Reference)); |
Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3143 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) { |
| 3144 | DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(R, Name, NameLoc); |
| 3145 | // FIXME: This is not best way to recover from case like: |
| 3146 | // |
| 3147 | // struct S s; |
| 3148 | // |
| 3149 | // causes needless err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_init latter. |
| 3150 | Name = 0; |
| 3151 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3152 | Invalid = true; |
| 3153 | } |
| 3154 | else |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3155 | PrevDecl = R; |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 | |
| 3157 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TK != TK_Reference) { |
| 3158 | // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated |
| 3159 | // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching |
| 3160 | // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3161 | // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3162 | while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) |
| 3163 | SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3164 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3165 | } |
| 3166 | |
Douglas Gregor | f57172b | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3167 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3168 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 3169 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, PrevDecl); |
| 3170 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 3171 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3172 | } |
| 3173 | |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3174 | if (PrevDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3175 | // Check whether the previous declaration is usable. |
| 3176 | (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PrevDecl, NameLoc); |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3177 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3178 | if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3179 | // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared |
| 3180 | // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3181 | // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3182 | if (TK == TK_Reference || isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { |
Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3183 | // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a |
| 3184 | // struct or something similar. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3185 | if (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != Kind) { |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 | Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3187 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); |
Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3188 | // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3189 | Name = 0; |
Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3190 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3191 | Invalid = true; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3192 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3193 | // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. |
Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3194 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3195 | // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue |
| 3196 | // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. |
| 3197 | // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will |
| 3198 | // need to be changed with DeclGroups. |
| 3199 | if (TK == TK_Reference) |
Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3200 | return PrevDecl; |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3201 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3202 | // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. |
| 3203 | if (TK == TK_Definition) { |
| 3204 | if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition(Context)) { |
| 3205 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; |
| 3206 | Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3207 | // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this |
| 3208 | // struct be anonymous, which will make any later |
| 3209 | // references get the previous definition. |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3210 | Name = 0; |
| 3211 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3212 | Invalid = true; |
| 3213 | } else { |
| 3214 | // If the type is currently being defined, complain |
| 3215 | // about a nested redefinition. |
| 3216 | TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); |
| 3217 | if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { |
| 3218 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; |
| 3219 | Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), |
| 3220 | diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 3221 | Name = 0; |
| 3222 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3223 | Invalid = true; |
| 3224 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3225 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3226 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3227 | // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced |
| 3228 | // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3229 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3230 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3231 | // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we |
| 3232 | // have a definition. Just create a new decl. |
| 3233 | } else { |
| 3234 | // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested |
| 3235 | // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a |
| 3236 | // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities |
| 3237 | // have distinct types. |
| 3238 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3239 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3240 | // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl |
| 3241 | // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by |
| 3242 | // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3243 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3244 | // PrevDecl is a namespace, template, or anything else |
| 3245 | // that lives in the IDNS_Tag identifier namespace. |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3246 | if (isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { |
Ted Kremenek | a89d197 | 2008-09-03 18:03:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3247 | // The tag name clashes with a namespace name, issue an error and |
| 3248 | // recover by making this tag be anonymous. |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3249 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3250 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | b02ef24 | 2008-07-16 07:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3251 | Name = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3252 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3253 | Invalid = true; |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3254 | } else { |
| 3255 | // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a |
| 3256 | // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. |
| 3257 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | b02ef24 | 2008-07-16 07:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3258 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3259 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3260 | } else if (TK == TK_Reference && SS.isEmpty() && Name && |
Douglas Gregor | 80711a2 | 2009-03-06 18:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3261 | (Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) { |
| 3262 | // C.scope.pdecl]p5: |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3263 | // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form |
| 3264 | // |
| 3265 | // class-key identifier |
| 3266 | // |
| 3267 | // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the |
| 3268 | // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a |
| 3269 | // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is |
| 3270 | // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains |
| 3271 | // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend |
| 3272 | // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest |
| 3273 | // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the |
| 3274 | // declaration. |
| 3275 | // |
| 3276 | // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for |
| 3277 | // C structs and unions. |
Douglas Gregor | 80711a2 | 2009-03-06 18:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3278 | // |
| 3279 | // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete |
| 3280 | // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. |
| 3281 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3282 | // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3283 | // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the |
| 3284 | // lexical context, |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3285 | while (SearchDC->isRecord()) |
| 3286 | SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3287 | |
| 3288 | // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. |
| 3289 | while (S->isClassScope() || |
| 3290 | (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || |
Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3291 | ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || |
| 3292 | (S->getEntity() && |
| 3293 | ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3294 | S = S->getParent(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3295 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3296 | |
Chris Lattner | cc98eac | 2008-12-17 07:13:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3297 | CreateNewDecl: |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3298 | |
| 3299 | // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the |
| 3300 | // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union |
| 3301 | // keyword. |
| 3302 | SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; |
| 3303 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3304 | // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous |
| 3305 | // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via |
| 3306 | // PrevDecl. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3307 | TagDecl *New; |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3308 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3309 | if (Kind == TagDecl::TK_enum) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3310 | // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: |
| 3311 | // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3312 | New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3313 | cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3314 | // If this is an undefined enum, warn. |
Douglas Gregor | 80711a2 | 2009-03-06 18:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3315 | if (TK != TK_Definition && !Invalid) { |
| 3316 | unsigned DK = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? diag::err_forward_ref_enum |
| 3317 | : diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; |
| 3318 | Diag(Loc, DK); |
| 3319 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3320 | } else { |
| 3321 | // struct/union/class |
| 3322 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3323 | // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: |
| 3324 | // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. |
Douglas Gregor | ddc29e1 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3325 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
Ted Kremenek | 2b345eb | 2008-09-05 17:39:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3326 | // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3327 | New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3328 | cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
Douglas Gregor | ddc29e1 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3329 | else |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3330 | New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3331 | cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3332 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3333 | |
| 3334 | if (Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum) { |
| 3335 | // Handle #pragma pack: if the #pragma pack stack has non-default |
| 3336 | // alignment, make up a packed attribute for this decl. These |
| 3337 | // attributes are checked when the ASTContext lays out the |
| 3338 | // structure. |
| 3339 | // |
| 3340 | // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this |
| 3341 | // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is |
| 3342 | // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at |
| 3343 | // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because |
| 3344 | // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the |
| 3345 | // parsing of the struct). |
Chris Lattner | 574aa40 | 2009-02-17 01:09:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3346 | if (unsigned Alignment = getPragmaPackAlignment()) |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3347 | New->addAttr(::new (Context) PackedAttr(Alignment * 8)); |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3348 | } |
| 3349 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3350 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && SS.isEmpty() && Name && !Invalid) { |
| 3351 | // C++ [dcl.typedef]p3: |
| 3352 | // [...] Similarly, in a given scope, a class or enumeration |
| 3353 | // shall not be declared with the same name as a typedef-name |
| 3354 | // that is declared in that scope and refers to a type other |
| 3355 | // than the class or enumeration itself. |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3356 | LookupResult Lookup = LookupName(S, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, true); |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3357 | TypedefDecl *PrevTypedef = 0; |
| 3358 | if (Lookup.getKind() == LookupResult::Found) |
| 3359 | PrevTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Lookup.getAsDecl()); |
| 3360 | |
| 3361 | if (PrevTypedef && isDeclInScope(PrevTypedef, SearchDC, S) && |
| 3362 | Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(PrevTypedef)) != |
| 3363 | Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(New))) { |
| 3364 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) |
| 3365 | << Context.getTypeDeclType(New) |
| 3366 | << PrevTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); |
| 3367 | Diag(PrevTypedef->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 3368 | Invalid = true; |
| 3369 | } |
| 3370 | } |
| 3371 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3372 | if (Invalid) |
| 3373 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3374 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3375 | if (Attr) |
| 3376 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(New, Attr); |
| 3377 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3378 | // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope |
| 3379 | // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3380 | if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 3381 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); |
| 3382 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3383 | // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the |
| 3384 | // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3385 | New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3386 | |
Douglas Gregor | 06c0fec | 2009-03-25 22:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3387 | if (AS != AS_none) |
| 3388 | New->setAccess(AS); |
| 3389 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3390 | if (TK == TK_Definition) |
| 3391 | New->startDefinition(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3392 | |
| 3393 | // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
| 3394 | if (Name) { |
Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3395 | S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3396 | PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3397 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3398 | CurContext->addDecl(New); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3399 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 5239304 | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3400 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3401 | return New; |
| 3402 | } |
| 3403 | |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3404 | void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, DeclTy *TagD) { |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3405 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3406 | TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>((Decl *)TagD); |
| 3407 | |
| 3408 | // Enter the tag context. |
| 3409 | PushDeclContext(S, Tag); |
| 3410 | |
| 3411 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { |
| 3412 | FieldCollector->StartClass(); |
| 3413 | |
| 3414 | if (Record->getIdentifier()) { |
| 3415 | // C++ [class]p2: |
| 3416 | // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the |
| 3417 | // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For |
| 3418 | // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated |
| 3419 | // as if it were a public member name. |
Douglas Gregor | d475b8d | 2009-03-25 21:17:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3420 | CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3421 | = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), |
| 3422 | CurContext, Record->getLocation(), |
| 3423 | Record->getIdentifier(), Record); |
| 3424 | InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); |
Douglas Gregor | d475b8d | 2009-03-25 21:17:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3425 | InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3426 | PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); |
Douglas Gregor | c9b5b40 | 2009-03-25 15:59:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3427 | assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && |
| 3428 | "Broken injected-class-name"); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3429 | } |
| 3430 | } |
| 3431 | } |
| 3432 | |
| 3433 | void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, DeclTy *TagD) { |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3434 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3435 | TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>((Decl *)TagD); |
| 3436 | |
| 3437 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) |
| 3438 | FieldCollector->FinishClass(); |
| 3439 | |
| 3440 | // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. |
| 3441 | PopDeclContext(); |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 | // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. |
| 3444 | Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); |
| 3445 | } |
Chris Lattner | 5a6ddbf | 2008-06-21 19:39:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3446 | |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3447 | bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
Chris Lattner | cd08707 | 2008-12-12 04:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3448 | QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth) { |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3449 | // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. |
Chris Lattner | 8b963ef | 2009-03-05 23:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3450 | // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3451 | if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3452 | // Handle incomplete types with specific error. |
Douglas Gregor | a03aca8 | 2009-03-10 21:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3453 | if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) |
| 3454 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 8b963ef | 2009-03-05 23:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3455 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3456 | << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3457 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3458 | |
| 3459 | // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check |
| 3460 | // it now. |
| 3461 | if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) |
| 3462 | return false; |
| 3463 | |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3464 | llvm::APSInt Value; |
| 3465 | if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) |
| 3466 | return true; |
| 3467 | |
Chris Lattner | cd08707 | 2008-12-12 04:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3468 | // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. |
| 3469 | if (Value == 0 && FieldName) |
| 3470 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; |
| 3471 | |
Anders Carlsson | f257b61 | 2009-03-16 18:19:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3472 | if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) |
Douglas Gregor | df03251 | 2009-03-12 22:46:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3473 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) |
| 3474 | << FieldName << Value.toString(10); |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3475 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3476 | if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { |
| 3477 | uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); |
| 3478 | // FIXME: We won't need the 0 size once we check that the field type is valid. |
| 3479 | if (TypeSize && Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) |
| 3480 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) |
| 3481 | << FieldName << (unsigned)TypeSize; |
| 3482 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3483 | |
| 3484 | return false; |
| 3485 | } |
| 3486 | |
Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3487 | /// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3488 | /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3489 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, DeclTy *TagD, |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3490 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3491 | Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3492 | |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3493 | return HandleField(S, static_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagD), DeclStart, D, |
Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3494 | static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), |
| 3495 | AS_public); |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3496 | } |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 | /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. |
| 3499 | /// |
| 3500 | FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, |
| 3501 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3502 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, |
| 3503 | AccessSpecifier AS) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3504 | IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3505 | SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; |
| 3506 | if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3507 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3508 | QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3509 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3510 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3511 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| 3512 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3513 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) |
| 3514 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| 3515 | diag::err_virtual_non_function); |
| 3516 | } |
| 3517 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3518 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupMemberName, true); |
| 3519 | if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) |
| 3520 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3521 | |
| 3522 | FieldDecl *NewFD |
| 3523 | = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, Record, Loc, |
| 3524 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable, |
Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3525 | BitWidth, AS, PrevDecl, &D); |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3526 | if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { |
| 3527 | // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something |
| 3528 | // with the same name in the same scope. |
| 3529 | } else if (II) { |
| 3530 | PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); |
| 3531 | } else |
| 3532 | Record->addDecl(NewFD); |
| 3533 | |
| 3534 | return NewFD; |
| 3535 | } |
| 3536 | |
| 3537 | /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. |
| 3538 | /// |
| 3539 | /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, |
| 3540 | /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration |
| 3541 | /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be |
| 3542 | /// created. |
| 3543 | /// |
| 3544 | /// \returns a new FieldDecl. |
| 3545 | /// |
| 3546 | /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once |
| 3547 | FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, |
| 3548 | RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3549 | bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, |
Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3550 | AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3551 | Declarator *D) { |
| 3552 | IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3553 | bool InvalidDecl = false; |
Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3554 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3555 | // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and |
| 3556 | // marking this declaration as invalid. |
| 3557 | if (T.isNull()) { |
| 3558 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3559 | T = Context.IntTy; |
| 3560 | } |
| 3561 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3562 | // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other |
| 3563 | // than a variably modified type. |
Eli Friedman | 9db1397 | 2008-02-15 12:53:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3564 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3565 | bool SizeIsNegative; |
| 3566 | QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, |
| 3567 | SizeIsNegative); |
| 3568 | if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { |
| 3569 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
| 3570 | T = FixedTy; |
| 3571 | } else { |
| 3572 | if (SizeIsNegative) |
| 3573 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); |
| 3574 | else |
| 3575 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); |
| 3576 | T = Context.IntTy; |
| 3577 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3578 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3579 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3580 | |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3581 | // Fields can not have abstract class types |
Anders Carlsson | b9bbe49 | 2009-03-23 17:49:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3582 | if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3583 | AbstractFieldType)) |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3584 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3585 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3586 | // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. |
| 3587 | if (BitWidth && VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { |
| 3588 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3589 | DeleteExpr(BitWidth); |
| 3590 | BitWidth = 0; |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3591 | } |
| 3592 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3593 | FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, BitWidth, |
| 3594 | Mutable); |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3595 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3596 | if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 3597 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
| 3598 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3599 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3600 | Record->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3601 | } |
| 3602 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3603 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T->isPODType()) |
| 3604 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->setPOD(false); |
Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3605 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3606 | // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST |
| 3607 | // representation, not a parser representation. |
| 3608 | if (D) |
| 3609 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewFD, *D); |
| 3610 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | f6123ca | 2009-02-19 00:22:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3611 | if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) |
Fariborz Jahanian | ed7e9ef | 2009-02-18 18:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3612 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); |
Anders Carlsson | ad14806 | 2008-02-16 00:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3613 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3614 | if (InvalidDecl) |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3615 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3616 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3617 | NewFD->setAccess(AS); |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 | // C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p1: |
| 3620 | // An aggregate is an array or a class (clause 9) with [...] no |
| 3621 | // private or protected non-static data members (clause 11). |
| 3622 | // A POD must be an aggregate. |
| 3623 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 3624 | (AS == AS_private || AS == AS_protected)) { |
| 3625 | CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); |
| 3626 | CXXRecord->setAggregate(false); |
| 3627 | CXXRecord->setPOD(false); |
| 3628 | } |
| 3629 | |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3630 | return NewFD; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3631 | } |
| 3632 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 89204a1 | 2007-10-01 16:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3633 | /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an |
| 3634 | /// AST enum value. |
Ted Kremenek | a526c5c | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3635 | static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl |
Fariborz Jahanian | 89204a1 | 2007-10-01 16:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3636 | TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { |
Steve Naroff | f13271f | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3637 | switch (ivarVisibility) { |
Chris Lattner | 33d34a6 | 2008-10-12 00:28:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3638 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); |
| 3639 | case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; |
| 3640 | case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; |
| 3641 | case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; |
| 3642 | case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; |
Steve Naroff | f13271f | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3643 | } |
| 3644 | } |
| 3645 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 45bc03f | 2008-04-11 16:55:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3646 | /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this |
| 3647 | /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3648 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, |
Fariborz Jahanian | 45bc03f | 2008-04-11 16:55:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3649 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3650 | Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, |
| 3651 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3652 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3653 | IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
| 3654 | Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; |
| 3655 | SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; |
| 3656 | if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 | // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for |
| 3659 | // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! |
| 3660 | |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3661 | QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| 3662 | assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); |
| 3663 | bool InvalidDecl = false; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3664 | |
| 3665 | if (BitWidth) { |
Steve Naroff | 63359c8 | 2009-02-20 17:57:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3666 | // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3667 | if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { |
Steve Naroff | 63359c8 | 2009-02-20 17:57:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3668 | InvalidDecl = true; |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3669 | DeleteExpr(BitWidth); |
| 3670 | BitWidth = 0; |
| 3671 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3672 | } else { |
| 3673 | // Not a bitfield. |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | // validate II. |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | } |
| 3678 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3679 | // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other |
| 3680 | // than a variably modified type. |
| 3681 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
Anders Carlsson | 96e05bc | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3682 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3683 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3684 | } |
| 3685 | |
Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3686 | // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. |
| 3687 | ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = |
| 3688 | Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) |
| 3689 | : ObjCIvarDecl::None; |
| 3690 | |
| 3691 | // Construct the decl. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0c00aac | 2009-02-17 20:20:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3692 | ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, T,ac, |
Steve Naroff | 8f3b265 | 2008-07-16 18:22:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3693 | (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3694 | |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3695 | if (II) { |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3696 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupMemberName, true); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3697 | if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) |
| 3698 | && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 3699 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
| 3700 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3701 | NewID->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3702 | } |
| 3703 | } |
| 3704 | |
Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3705 | // Process attributes attached to the ivar. |
Chris Lattner | 3ff30c8 | 2008-06-29 00:02:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3706 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewID, D); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3707 | |
| 3708 | if (D.getInvalidType() || InvalidDecl) |
| 3709 | NewID->setInvalidDecl(); |
Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3710 | |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3711 | if (II) { |
| 3712 | // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add |
| 3713 | // these to the interface. |
| 3714 | S->AddDecl(NewID); |
| 3715 | IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); |
| 3716 | } |
| 3717 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3718 | return NewID; |
| 3719 | } |
| 3720 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 9d048ff | 2007-09-29 00:54:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3721 | void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3f5faf7 | 2007-10-04 00:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3722 | SourceLocation RecLoc, DeclTy *RecDecl, |
Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3723 | DeclTy **Fields, unsigned NumFields, |
Daniel Dunbar | 1bfe1c2 | 2008-10-03 02:03:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3724 | SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d07664 | 2008-10-03 17:33:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3725 | AttributeList *Attr) { |
Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3726 | Decl *EnclosingDecl = static_cast<Decl*>(RecDecl); |
| 3727 | assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); |
Chris Lattner | 1829a6d | 2009-02-23 22:00:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3728 | |
| 3729 | // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a |
| 3730 | // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. |
| 3731 | if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 3732 | // FIXME: Deallocate fields? |
| 3733 | return; |
| 3734 | } |
| 3735 | |
Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3736 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3737 | // Verify that all the fields are okay. |
| 3738 | unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; |
| 3739 | llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3740 | |
Chris Lattner | 1829a6d | 2009-02-23 22:00:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3741 | RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3742 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { |
Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3743 | FieldDecl *FD = cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(Fields[i])); |
| 3744 | assert(FD && "missing field decl"); |
| 3745 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3746 | // Get the type for the field. |
Chris Lattner | 02c642e | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3747 | Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3748 | |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3749 | if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3750 | // Remember all fields written by the user. |
| 3751 | RecFields.push_back(FD); |
| 3752 | } |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3753 | |
| 3754 | // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more |
| 3755 | // diagnostics about it. |
| 3756 | if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 3757 | continue; |
Steve Naroff | f13271f | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3758 | |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3759 | // C99 6.7.2.1p2: |
| 3760 | // A structure or union shall not contain a member with |
| 3761 | // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not |
| 3762 | // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to |
| 3763 | // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a |
| 3764 | // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete |
| 3765 | // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, |
| 3766 | // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) |
| 3767 | // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an |
| 3768 | // array. |
Chris Lattner | 02c642e | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3769 | if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3770 | // Field declared as a function. |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3771 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3772 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3773 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3774 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3775 | continue; |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3776 | } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && i == NumFields - 1 && |
| 3777 | Record && Record->isStruct()) { |
| 3778 | // Flexible array member. |
| 3779 | if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3780 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3781 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3782 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3783 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3784 | continue; |
| 3785 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3786 | // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. |
Fariborz Jahanian | e267ab6 | 2007-09-14 16:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3787 | if (Record) |
| 3788 | Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3789 | } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && |
| 3790 | RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), |
| 3791 | diag::err_field_incomplete)) { |
| 3792 | // Incomplete type |
| 3793 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3794 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3795 | continue; |
| 3796 | } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAsRecordType()) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3797 | if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { |
| 3798 | // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3799 | if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3800 | Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
| 3801 | } else { |
| 3802 | // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject |
| 3803 | // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of |
| 3804 | // structures. |
Douglas Gregor | e4f3e06 | 2009-03-06 23:41:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3805 | if (i != NumFields-1) |
| 3806 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3807 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
Douglas Gregor | e4f3e06 | 2009-03-06 23:41:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3808 | else { |
| 3809 | // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in |
| 3810 | // other structs as an extension. |
| 3811 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) |
| 3812 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
| 3813 | if (Record) |
| 3814 | Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3815 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3816 | } |
| 3817 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3818 | } else if (FDTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
| 3819 | /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object |
Steve Naroff | ccef371 | 2009-02-20 22:59:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3820 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); |
Fariborz Jahanian | e7f64cc | 2007-10-12 22:10:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3821 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3822 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3823 | continue; |
| 3824 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3825 | // Keep track of the number of named members. |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3826 | if (FD->getIdentifier()) |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3827 | ++NumNamedMembers; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3828 | } |
Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3829 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3830 | // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. |
Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3831 | if (Record) { |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3832 | Record->completeDefinition(Context); |
Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3833 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | a91d381 | 2008-02-05 22:40:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3834 | ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(&RecFields[0]); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 60f8c86 | 2008-12-13 20:28:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3835 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
Chris Lattner | 38af2de | 2009-02-20 21:35:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3836 | ID->setIVarList(ClsFields, RecFields.size(), Context); |
| 3837 | ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); |
| 3838 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3281eff | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3839 | // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be |
| 3840 | // duplicates. |
Fariborz Jahanian | 375d37c | 2008-12-17 22:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3841 | if (ID->getSuperClass()) { |
| 3842 | for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator IVI = ID->ivar_begin(), |
| 3843 | IVE = ID->ivar_end(); IVI != IVE; ++IVI) { |
| 3844 | ObjCIvarDecl* Ivar = (*IVI); |
| 3845 | IdentifierInfo *II = Ivar->getIdentifier(); |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3846 | ObjCIvarDecl* prevIvar = |
| 3847 | ID->getSuperClass()->lookupInstanceVariable(II); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 375d37c | 2008-12-17 22:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3848 | if (prevIvar) { |
| 3849 | Diag(Ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3850 | Diag(prevIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3281eff | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3851 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 375d37c | 2008-12-17 22:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3852 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3281eff | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3853 | } |
Chris Lattner | 1829a6d | 2009-02-23 22:00:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3854 | } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = |
| 3855 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
Ted Kremenek | a526c5c | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3856 | assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); |
Chris Lattner | 38af2de | 2009-02-20 21:35:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3857 | IMPDecl->setIVarList(ClsFields, RecFields.size(), Context); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3a3ca1b | 2007-10-31 18:48:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3858 | CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); |
Fariborz Jahanian | d0b90bf | 2007-09-26 18:27:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3859 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | b04a021 | 2007-09-14 21:08:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3860 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d07664 | 2008-10-03 17:33:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3861 | |
| 3862 | if (Attr) |
| 3863 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(Record, Attr); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3864 | } |
| 3865 | |
Douglas Gregor | 879fd49 | 2009-03-17 19:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3866 | EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, |
| 3867 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, |
| 3868 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3869 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 3870 | ExprArg val) { |
| 3871 | Expr *Val = (Expr *)val.get(); |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 | llvm::APSInt EnumVal(32); |
| 3874 | QualType EltTy; |
| 3875 | if (Val && !Val->isTypeDependent()) { |
| 3876 | // Make sure to promote the operand type to int. |
| 3877 | UsualUnaryConversions(Val); |
| 3878 | if (Val != val.get()) { |
| 3879 | val.release(); |
| 3880 | val = Val; |
| 3881 | } |
| 3882 | |
| 3883 | // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. |
| 3884 | SourceLocation ExpLoc; |
| 3885 | if (!Val->isValueDependent() && |
| 3886 | VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { |
| 3887 | Val = 0; |
| 3888 | } else { |
| 3889 | EltTy = Val->getType(); |
| 3890 | } |
| 3891 | } |
| 3892 | |
| 3893 | if (!Val) { |
| 3894 | if (LastEnumConst) { |
| 3895 | // Assign the last value + 1. |
| 3896 | EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); |
| 3897 | ++EnumVal; |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 | // Check for overflow on increment. |
| 3900 | if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) |
| 3901 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); |
| 3902 | |
| 3903 | EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); |
| 3904 | } else { |
| 3905 | // First value, set to zero. |
| 3906 | EltTy = Context.IntTy; |
| 3907 | EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(static_cast<uint32_t>(Context.getTypeSize(EltTy))); |
| 3908 | } |
| 3909 | } |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 | val.release(); |
| 3912 | return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, |
| 3913 | Val, EnumVal); |
| 3914 | } |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 | |
Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3917 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, DeclTy *theEnumDecl, |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3918 | DeclTy *lastEnumConst, |
| 3919 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 3920 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { |
Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3921 | EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(theEnumDecl)); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3922 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = |
| 3923 | cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(lastEnumConst)); |
| 3924 | Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); |
| 3925 | |
Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3926 | // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until |
| 3927 | // we find one that is. |
Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3928 | S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); |
Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3929 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3930 | // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this |
| 3931 | // scope. |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3932 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, Id, LookupOrdinaryName); |
Douglas Gregor | f57172b | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3933 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3934 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 3935 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); |
| 3936 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 3937 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3938 | } |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | if (PrevDecl) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0ff12f0 | 2008-07-16 21:01:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3941 | // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the |
| 3942 | // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. |
| 3943 | assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && |
| 3944 | "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 15a12d0 | 2008-09-09 21:18:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3945 | if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3946 | if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3947 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3948 | else |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3949 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3950 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Chris Lattner | f306f86 | 2009-02-28 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3951 | if (Val) Val->Destroy(Context); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3952 | return 0; |
| 3953 | } |
| 3954 | } |
| 3955 | |
Douglas Gregor | 879fd49 | 2009-03-17 19:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3956 | EnumConstantDecl *New = CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, |
| 3957 | IdLoc, Id, Owned(Val)); |
Chris Lattner | 421a23d | 2007-08-27 21:16:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3958 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3959 | // Register this decl in the current scope stack. |
Douglas Gregor | 879fd49 | 2009-03-17 19:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3960 | if (New) |
| 3961 | PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
Douglas Gregor | 45579f5 | 2008-12-17 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3962 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3963 | return New; |
| 3964 | } |
| 3965 | |
Steve Naroff | 02408c6 | 2008-08-07 14:08:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3966 | // FIXME: For consistency with ActOnFields(), we should have the parser |
| 3967 | // pass in the source location for the left/right braces. |
Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3968 | void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, DeclTy *EnumDeclX, |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3969 | DeclTy **Elements, unsigned NumElements) { |
| 3970 | EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(EnumDeclX)); |
Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3971 | QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3972 | |
Chris Lattner | e37f0be | 2007-08-28 05:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3973 | // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long |
| 3974 | // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, |
| 3975 | // emit a warning. |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3976 | unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); |
Chris Lattner | e37f0be | 2007-08-28 05:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3977 | |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3978 | // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and |
| 3979 | // reverse the list. |
| 3980 | unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; |
| 3981 | unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; |
| 3982 | |
| 3983 | // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. |
| 3984 | bool AllElementsInt = true; |
| 3985 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3986 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { |
| 3987 | EnumConstantDecl *ECD = |
| 3988 | cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(Elements[i])); |
| 3989 | if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. |
Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3990 | |
| 3991 | // If the enum value doesn't fit in an int, emit an extension warning. |
Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3992 | const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); |
Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3993 | assert(InitVal.getBitWidth() >= IntWidth && |
| 3994 | "Should have promoted value to int"); |
Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3995 | if (InitVal.getBitWidth() > IntWidth) { |
| 3996 | llvm::APSInt V(InitVal); |
| 3997 | V.trunc(IntWidth); |
| 3998 | V.extend(InitVal.getBitWidth()); |
| 3999 | if (V != InitVal) |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4000 | Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) |
| 4001 | << InitVal.toString(10); |
Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4002 | } |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4003 | |
| 4004 | // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. |
Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4005 | if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) |
Chris Lattner | 21dd821 | 2008-01-14 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4006 | NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, |
| 4007 | (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4008 | else |
Chris Lattner | 21dd821 | 2008-01-14 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4009 | NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, |
| 4010 | (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4011 | |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4012 | // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). |
| 4013 | if (AllElementsInt) |
| 4014 | AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4015 | } |
| 4016 | |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4017 | // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. |
| 4018 | // FIXME: Support attribute(packed) on enums and -fshort-enums. |
| 4019 | QualType BestType; |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4020 | unsigned BestWidth; |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4021 | |
| 4022 | if (NumNegativeBits) { |
| 4023 | // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of |
| 4024 | // int/long/longlong) that fits. |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4025 | if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4026 | BestType = Context.IntTy; |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4027 | BestWidth = IntWidth; |
| 4028 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4029 | BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); |
Ted Kremenek | 9c728dc | 2007-12-12 22:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4030 | |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4031 | if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4032 | BestType = Context.LongTy; |
| 4033 | else { |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4034 | BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); |
Ted Kremenek | 9c728dc | 2007-12-12 22:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4035 | |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4036 | if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4037 | Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); |
| 4038 | BestType = Context.LongLongTy; |
| 4039 | } |
| 4040 | } |
| 4041 | } else { |
| 4042 | // If there is no negative value, figure out which of uint, ulong, ulonglong |
| 4043 | // fits. |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4044 | if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4045 | BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4046 | BestWidth = IntWidth; |
| 4047 | } else if (NumPositiveBits <= |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4048 | (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4049 | BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4050 | } else { |
| 4051 | BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4052 | assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4053 | "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); |
| 4054 | BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
| 4055 | } |
| 4056 | } |
| 4057 | |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4058 | // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match |
| 4059 | // the type of the enum if needed. |
| 4060 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { |
| 4061 | EnumConstantDecl *ECD = |
| 4062 | cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(Elements[i])); |
| 4063 | if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 | // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an |
| 4066 | // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each |
| 4067 | // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the |
| 4068 | // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" |
| 4069 | // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. |
Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4070 | if (ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy) { |
| 4071 | // Make sure the init value is signed. |
| 4072 | llvm::APSInt IV = ECD->getInitVal(); |
| 4073 | IV.setIsSigned(true); |
| 4074 | ECD->setInitVal(IV); |
Douglas Gregor | c9467cf | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4075 | |
| 4076 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 4077 | // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| 4078 | // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| 4079 | // enumeration. |
| 4080 | ECD->setType(EnumType); |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4081 | continue; // Already int type. |
Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4082 | } |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4083 | |
| 4084 | // Determine whether the value fits into an int. |
| 4085 | llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); |
| 4086 | bool FitsInInt; |
| 4087 | if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || !InitVal.isNegative()) |
| 4088 | FitsInInt = InitVal.getActiveBits() < IntWidth; |
| 4089 | else |
| 4090 | FitsInInt = InitVal.getMinSignedBits() <= IntWidth; |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 | // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match |
| 4093 | // the enum decl type. |
| 4094 | QualType NewTy; |
| 4095 | unsigned NewWidth; |
| 4096 | bool NewSign; |
| 4097 | if (FitsInInt) { |
| 4098 | NewTy = Context.IntTy; |
| 4099 | NewWidth = IntWidth; |
| 4100 | NewSign = true; |
| 4101 | } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { |
| 4102 | // Already the right type! |
Douglas Gregor | c9467cf | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4103 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 4104 | // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| 4105 | // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| 4106 | // enumeration. |
| 4107 | ECD->setType(EnumType); |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4108 | continue; |
| 4109 | } else { |
| 4110 | NewTy = BestType; |
| 4111 | NewWidth = BestWidth; |
| 4112 | NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); |
| 4113 | } |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 | // Adjust the APSInt value. |
| 4116 | InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); |
| 4117 | InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); |
| 4118 | ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 | // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. |
Chris Lattner | 13fd416 | 2009-01-15 19:19:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4121 | if (ECD->getInitExpr()) |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4122 | ECD->setInitExpr(new (Context) ImplicitCastExpr(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr(), |
| 4123 | /*isLvalue=*/false)); |
Douglas Gregor | c9467cf | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4124 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 4125 | // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| 4126 | // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| 4127 | // enumeration. |
| 4128 | ECD->setType(EnumType); |
| 4129 | else |
| 4130 | ECD->setType(NewTy); |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4131 | } |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4132 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4133 | Enum->completeDefinition(Context, BestType); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4134 | } |
| 4135 | |
Anders Carlsson | dfab6cb | 2008-02-08 00:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4136 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
Sebastian Redl | 798d119 | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4137 | ExprArg expr) { |
| 4138 | StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>((Expr*)expr.release()); |
| 4139 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4140 | return FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, AsmString); |
Anders Carlsson | dfab6cb | 2008-02-08 00:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4141 | } |
| 4142 | |